Regenerate AUTHORS and ldefs-boot.el
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil t)
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
576
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
585
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
587
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
596
597 and many other features.
598
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
604
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
615
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
623
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636
637
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
643
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
656
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
667
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
672
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
690
691 Topic Encryption
692
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
696
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
702
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
710
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
714
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
716
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
719
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
725
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
731
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
739
740 Extending Allout
741
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
745
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
755
756 Terminology
757
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
759
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
769
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
782
783 Topic text constituents:
784
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
798
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
805
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
832
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
840
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
843
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
846
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
855
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
860
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
862
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
864
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
867
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
870
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
873
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
877
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
879
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
881
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
883
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
889
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
893
894 The graphics include:
895
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
897
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
900
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
903
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
907
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
909
910 ;;;***
911 \f
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20760 17829 498761 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
915
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
917
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
924
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
928
929
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
931
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
937
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
945
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
947
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
954
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
956
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
962
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
970
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
973
974 \(fn)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
978
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
983
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
986
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
988
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
990
991 ;;;***
992 \f
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514
995 ;;;;;; 0))
996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997
998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1003 \\[yank].
1004
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1008 the rules.
1009
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014
1015 \(fn)" t nil)
1016
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019
1020 \(fn)" t nil)
1021
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025
1026 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033
1034 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049
1050 ;;;***
1051 \f
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20707 18685
1055 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1057
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1062
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1065
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1067
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 normal variables.
1077
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1088
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1091
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1094
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1102
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1104
1105 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1109
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1114
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1117
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1119
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1127
1128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1140
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1142
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1144
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1151
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1156
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1158
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1160
1161 ;;;***
1162 \f
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20707
1164 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1166
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1173
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 archive.
1177
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1179
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1181
1182 ;;;***
1183 \f
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20707 18685 911514
1185 ;;;;;; 0))
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1187
1188 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1190
1191 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1194
1195 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1196
1197 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1200
1201 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1205 The variables are:
1206
1207 Variables you assign:
1208 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1209 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1210 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1212 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213 row numbers in the buffer.
1214
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1218
1219 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1221
1222 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1223 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1224 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1225 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1226
1227 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1231
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1235 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1236
1237 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238 between that of point and mark.
1239
1240 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1241 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1242
1243 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1244 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1245 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246 newlines inside rows)
1247
1248 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1249
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251
1252 \(fn)" t nil)
1253
1254 ;;;***
1255 \f
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20707
1257 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1259
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1261 Toggle Artist mode.
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1265
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1267
1268 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1269
1270
1271 How to submit a bug report
1272
1273 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1274
1275
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1277
1278 mouse-2
1279 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 below).
1282
1283 mouse-1
1284 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1285 or pastes:
1286
1287 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1290 to new point
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1307 lines
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 Paste Paste Paste
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1316 --------------------------------------------------------------
1317
1318 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1319 or diagonally.
1320
1321 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1322 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1323 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1325 poly-lines.
1326
1327 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329 overwrite means the opposite.
1330
1331 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1333 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1334
1335 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1336
1337 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1339
1340 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342 are currently drawing something.
1343
1344 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 some time to fill.
1346
1347
1348 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1349 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1350
1351
1352 Settings
1353
1354 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1355
1356 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1357
1358 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1359
1360 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1361
1362 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1364
1365 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366
1367
1368 Drawing with keys
1369
1370 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1371 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375 When pasting: Pastes
1376
1377 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1378
1379 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1380
1381 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1382 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1383 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1384 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1385 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387
1388
1389 Arrows
1390
1391 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395 of the line/poly-line
1396
1397
1398 Selecting operation
1399
1400 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1401
1402 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1406 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1409 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1415 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1420 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1421 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1422
1423
1424 Variables
1425
1426 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1427 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1428
1429 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1431 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1432 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1435 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1436 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1438 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1442 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1446 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1447 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448
1449 Hooks
1450
1451 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1452
1453
1454 Keymap summary
1455
1456 \\{artist-mode-map}
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20707
1463 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1465
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1469
1470 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1474
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1477
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1480
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1482
1483 Special commands:
1484 \\{asm-mode-map}
1485
1486 \(fn)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;; (20755 17565 391628 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1493
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 let-binding.")
1498
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1500
1501 ;;;***
1502 \f
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1506
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1510
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1512
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1518
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527
1528 For example:
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1534
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1545
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1547
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1557
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1559
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561
1562 ;;;***
1563 \f
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1567
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1570
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1572
1573 ;;;***
1574 \f
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1578
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1582
1583 \(fn)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1589
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1591
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1622
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1626
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1632
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1634
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1642
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1645
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1652
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1654
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1660
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1662
1663 ;;;***
1664 \f
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 disk changes.
1679
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691
1692 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1709
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719
1720 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1728
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1730
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1736
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1740
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1746
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1750
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1752
1753 ;;;***
1754 \f
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781 a random distance & direction.
1782 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1787
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1791
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793
1794 ;;;***
1795 \f
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1800
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1814
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1822
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 seconds.
1827
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1829
1830 ;;;***
1831 \f
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20707 18685 911514
1834 ;;;;;; 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1871 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1873
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1883 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1884
1885 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1888 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1889
1890 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1891
1892 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1893 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1894 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1895 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896
1897 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1898 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1899 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1900 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1901 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1902
1903 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1904 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1905
1906
1907 Special information:
1908
1909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1910
1911 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1912 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1913 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1914 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1915 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1916 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1917 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1920 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1921 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1922
1923 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1924 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1925 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1926 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1927 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1928 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1929 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1930 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1931
1932 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1933
1934 ----------------------------------------------------------
1935 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1936 if that value is non-nil.
1937
1938 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1939
1940 \(fn)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1943 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1944 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1945 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1946 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1947 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1948 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1949 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1950 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1951 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1952 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1953 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1954
1955 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1956
1957 ;;;***
1958 \f
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1960 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1962
1963 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1964 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1965
1966 \(fn)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1971 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1974
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1977
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1981
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1983
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1986
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 ;;;***
1995 \f
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20707
1997 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1999
2000 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2001 Play blackbox.
2002 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2003
2004 What is blackbox?
2005
2006 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2007 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2008 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2009 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2010 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2011 your score.
2012
2013 Overview of play:
2014
2015 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2016 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2017 four.
2018
2019 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2020 movement keys.
2021
2022 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2023 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2024
2025 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2026 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2027
2028 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2029 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2030 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2031 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2032 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2033 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2034
2035 Details:
2036
2037 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2038
2039 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2040 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2041 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2042 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2043
2044 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2045 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2046 denoted by the letter `R'.
2047
2048 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2049 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2050 denoted by the letter `H'.
2051
2052 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2053 example.
2054
2055 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2056 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2057 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2058 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2059 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2060 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2061 ray.
2062
2063 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2064 degree deflection it causes.
2065
2066 1
2067 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2070 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2075 2 3
2076
2077 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2078 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2079
2080
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2089
2090 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2091 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2092 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2093 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2094 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2095 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2096 emerging from the box.
2097
2098 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2099
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2105 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108
2109 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2110 a reflection.
2111
2112 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2113
2114 ;;;***
2115 \f
2116 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2117 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2118 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2119 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2120 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2121 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2123 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2125
2126 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2127 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2128 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2129 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2130 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2131 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2132 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2133
2134 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2135 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2136 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2137
2138 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2139 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2140 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2141 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2142 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2143 recent one.
2144
2145 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2146 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2147 yank successive words.
2148
2149 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2150 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2151 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2152 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2153 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2154
2155 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2156 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2157 the list of bookmarks.)
2158
2159 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2160
2161 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2162 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2163 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2164 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2165 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2166 this.
2167
2168 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2169 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2170 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2171 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2172
2173 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2174 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2175
2176 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2177 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2178 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2179
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2183 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2188 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2189
2190 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2191 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2192 after a bookmark was set in it.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2197 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2198
2199 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2200 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2201
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2203
2204 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2207 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2208 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2210
2211 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2212 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2213 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2214
2215 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2216 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2217 name.
2218
2219 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2223 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2224
2225 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2226 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2227 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2228 this.
2229
2230 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2231
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2233 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2234
2235 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2236 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2237 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2238 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2239 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2240 probably because we were called from there.
2241
2242 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2245 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2246 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2247
2248 \(fn)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2251 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2252 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2253 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2254 \(second argument).
2255
2256 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2257 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2258 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2259 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2260 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2261
2262 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2263 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2264 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2265 `bookmark-default-file'.
2266
2267 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2268
2269 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2273 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2274 while loading.
2275
2276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2279 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2281 explicitly.
2282
2283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2287
2288 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2291 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2292 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2293 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2294 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2295
2296 \(fn)" t nil)
2297
2298 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299
2300 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2301
2302 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2303 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2304
2305 \(fn)" t nil)
2306
2307 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2308
2309 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2310
2311 ;;;***
2312 \f
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2317 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2318 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2319 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2321 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2637 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20707 18685
2678 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2747
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2767
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2770
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2773
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2780
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2793
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2802
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2806
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2819
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2828
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2830
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2835
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2839
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841
2842 ;;;***
2843 \f
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20707
2845 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20707 18685
2855 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2867 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2874
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2878
2879 ;;;***
2880 \f
2881 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2882 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2883 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20707
2884 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2886 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2894 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2895
2896 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2905
2906 \(fn)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2910 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2911 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2912
2913 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 This is most useful in the X window system.
2918 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2919 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2925 See calc-keypad for details.
2926
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2930 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2935 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2936
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2940 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2941
2942 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2945 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2946 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2947
2948 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2949
2950 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2951 Define Calc function.
2952
2953 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2954 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2955 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2956
2957 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2958 actual Lisp function name.
2959
2960 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2961
2962 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2963
2964 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2965
2966 ;;;***
2967 \f
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20707
2969 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2971
2972 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2973
2974
2975 \(fn N)" t nil)
2976
2977 ;;;***
2978 \f
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20707
2980 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2982
2983 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2984 Run the Emacs calculator.
2985 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2986
2987 \(fn)" t nil)
2988
2989 ;;;***
2990 \f
2991 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20707
2992 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2994
2995 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2996 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2997 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2998 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2999 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3000 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3001
3002 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3003 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3004 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3005 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3006 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3007 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3008 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3009 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3010 window.
3011
3012 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3013 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3014
3015 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3016 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3017 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3018 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3019 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3020 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3021
3022 Runs the following hooks:
3023
3024 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3025 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3026 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3027 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3028
3029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3030
3031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3032
3033 ;;;***
3034 \f
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3036 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3038
3039 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3040 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3041
3042 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3043
3044 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3045 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3046 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3047 it fails.
3048
3049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3054 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3058 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3062
3063 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3064 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3065 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3066 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3067 restriction to ASCII.
3068
3069 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3070
3071 capitalizedWorDD
3072 ^ ^ ^^
3073
3074 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3075 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3076 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3077
3078 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3079 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3080 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3081 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3082 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3083 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3084 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3085
3086 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3087 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3088
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20707
3094 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3096 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3101 ;;;;;; (20750 47885 906996 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3105 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3106
3107 \(fn)" nil nil)
3108
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3112 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3113 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20707 18685
3114 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3116
3117 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3118 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3119
3120 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3121 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3125
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3127
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3131
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3145
3146 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3147
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 made from scratch.
3151
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3153
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3165
3166 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3167
3168 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3169 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3170 made from scratch.
3171
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3173
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3176
3177 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3178 variables are guessed:
3179
3180 * `c-basic-offset', and
3181 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3182 `c-offsets-alist'.
3183
3184 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3185 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3186
3187 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3188 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3189
3190 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3191 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3192 guess is made from scratch.
3193
3194 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3195 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3196
3197 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3200 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3201 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3202 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3203
3204 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3205 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3206 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3207
3208 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3209
3210 ;;;***
3211 \f
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3213 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3214 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3216
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3224
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3226
3227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3237
3238 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3242 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3243 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3244
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3249
3250 Key bindings:
3251 \\{c-mode-map}
3252
3253 \(fn)" t nil)
3254
3255 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3257
3258 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{c++-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275
3276 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297
3298 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3299 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3301
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 message.
3309
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3314
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{java-mode-map}
3317
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319
3320 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3321 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3323
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3331
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3336
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3339
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341
3342 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3343 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3344 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3345 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3346
3347 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3348 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3349 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3350 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3351 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3352 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3353 message.
3354
3355 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3356
3357 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3358 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3359
3360 Key bindings:
3361 \\{pike-mode-map}
3362
3363 \(fn)" t nil)
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3368 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3370
3371 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3372 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3373 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3374 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3375 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3376 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3377
3378 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3379
3380 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3381 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3382
3383 Key bindings:
3384 \\{awk-mode-map}
3385
3386 \(fn)" t nil)
3387
3388 ;;;***
3389 \f
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3391 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3396 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3397 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3398
3399 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3400
3401 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3402 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3403 might get set too.
3404
3405 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3406 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3407 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3408 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3409 in this way.
3410
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3412 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3413 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3414 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3415 a null operation.
3416
3417 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3418
3419 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3420 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3421 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3422 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3423
3424 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3425
3426 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3427 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3428 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3429
3430 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3431
3432 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3433 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3434 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3435 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3436 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3437
3438 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3439
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20707 18685
3443 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3445 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3446 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3447 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3448
3449 ;;;***
3450 \f
3451 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3452 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3453 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3455
3456 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3457 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3458
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3460
3461 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3462 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3463
3464 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3465
3466 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3468
3469 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3470 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3471 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3472 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3473 execution.
3474
3475 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3476
3477 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3478
3479 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3480 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3481
3482 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3483 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3484 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3485 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3486
3487 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3488 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3489 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3490 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3491 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3492 `write' commands.
3493
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3495 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3496 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3498
3499 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3500 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3501 semantics.
3502
3503 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3504
3505 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3506
3507 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3508
3509 STATEMENT :=
3510 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3511 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3512
3513 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3514 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3515 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3516 | integer
3517
3518 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3519
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3522 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3525 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3526 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3527
3528 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3530
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3532 BREAK := (break)
3533
3534 REPEAT :=
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3536 (repeat)
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; (read REG)
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3545 ;; (read REG)
3546 ;; (repeat))
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3548
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3565
3566 WRITE :=
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3569 ;; representation.
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3572 ;; (write r7))
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3576 ;; representation.
3577 | (write integer)
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3579 ;; buffer.
3580 | (write string)
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3582 | string
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3586 ;; representation.
3587 | (write REG ARRAY)
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3594
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3597
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3599 END := (end)
3600
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3604
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3606
3607 OPERATOR :=
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3609 + | - | * | / | %
3610
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | & | `|' | ^
3613
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | << | >>
3616
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3619 | <8
3620
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3624 | >8
3625
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3629 | //
3630
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3633
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3637 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3638 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3641 | de-sjis
3642
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3645 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3647 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3648 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3650 ;; byte of SJIS.
3651 | en-sjis
3652
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3656
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3659 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3660 | <8=
3661
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3664 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3665
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3668 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3669 | //=
3670
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3672
3673
3674 TRANSLATE :=
3675 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3678 LOOKUP :=
3679 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3681 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3682 MAP :=
3683 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3684 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3685 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3686 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3687 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3688 MAP-ID := integer
3689
3690 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3691
3692 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3693
3694 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3695 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3697 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3698 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3699 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3700
3701 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3702
3703 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3704 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3705 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3706
3707 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3708
3709 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3710
3711 ;;;***
3712 \f
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3714 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3716
3717 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3718 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3719 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3720 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3721
3722 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3723
3724 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3725
3726 ;;;***
3727 \f
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3729 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3731
3732 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3735
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3738
3739 \(fn)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3743 There are no special keybindings by default.
3744
3745 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3746 to the action header.
3747
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3749
3750 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3751 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3752 on the buffer contents
3753
3754 \(fn)" nil nil)
3755
3756 ;;;***
3757 \f
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3761
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3764 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3765
3766 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3769 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3770 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3771
3772 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3786 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3793
3794
3795 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3801
3802 \(fn)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3831
3832 \(fn)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3847 a separate buffer.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3871 if there is one.
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3873
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3879
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3896
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3903
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3910
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3924
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3931
3932 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3938
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3945
3946 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3952
3953 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3959
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3967
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3971
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3973
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3975
3976 ;;;***
3977 \f
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3979 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3980 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3982
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3986
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3991
3992 \(fn)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3996 Return the length of resulting text.
3997
3998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4001 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4006
4007
4008 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4011
4012
4013 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4018 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4020
4021 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4022 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4023 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4024 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4025 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4026 editing and the result is evaluated.
4027
4028 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4029
4030 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4031 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4034 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4035
4036 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4037
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4041 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4042 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4043 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4044 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4045
4046 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4047 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4048 \\{command-history-map}
4049
4050 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4051 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4052
4053 \(fn)" t nil)
4054
4055 ;;;***
4056 \f
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4058 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4060
4061 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4062 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4063 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4064 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4065 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4066 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4067 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4068 of this function.
4069
4070 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4071 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4072 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4073 property are:
4074
4075 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4076 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4077
4078 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4079 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4080 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4081 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4082 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4083 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4084 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4085 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4086 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4087 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4088 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4089 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4090
4091 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4092 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4093 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4094
4095 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4096 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4097 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4098 list elements are:
4099
4100 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4101
4102 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4103
4104 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4105
4106 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4107 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4108
4109 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4110 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4111
4112 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4113 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4114 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4115 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4116 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4117 value specified by their associated list element.
4118
4119 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4120
4121 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4122 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4123 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4124
4125 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4126 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4127 * indent the first argument by 4.
4128 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4129 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4130 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4131
4132 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4133
4134 ;;;***
4135 \f
4136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20707 18685
4137 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4139
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4141
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4148
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4151
4152 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4153
4154 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155
4156 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4157
4158 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4159
4160 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4161
4162 ;;;***
4163 \f
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4165 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4167
4168 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4169 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4170 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4171 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4172
4173 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4174 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4175 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4176 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4177
4178 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4179 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4180
4181 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20707
4186 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4188
4189 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4190 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4191 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4192 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4193 of `scheme-program-name').
4194 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4195 it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4199 is run).
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4201
4202 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4203
4204 ;;;***
4205 \f
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20707 18685
4207 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4209
4210 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4211 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4212 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4213 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4214
4215 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4216 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4217
4218 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4219 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4220 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4221
4222 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4223
4224 ;;;***
4225 \f
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4227 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4228 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (20714 7872 790163 728000))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4231
4232 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4233 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4234 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4235 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4236 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4237 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4238 functions have already modified the buffer.
4239
4240 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4241
4242 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4243 either globally or locally.")
4244
4245 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4246 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4247 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4248 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4249
4250 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4251 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4252 `start-file-process'
4253 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4254 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4255 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4256
4257 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4258 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4259
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4261
4262 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4267 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4268 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4269 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4270 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4271 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4272 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4273 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4274 process as its initial input.
4275
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4277
4278 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4279
4280 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4283 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4284 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4285 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4286 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4287 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4288
4289 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4290
4291 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4292 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4293 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4294 directory tracking functions.")
4295
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4299
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4306 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4307
4308 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4309
4310 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to current process.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316
4317 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4320 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4321 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4322 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4323
4324 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4325
4326 ;;;***
4327 \f
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4331
4332 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4333 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4334 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4335 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4336
4337 This command pushes the mark in each window
4338 at the prior location of point in that window.
4339 If both windows display the same buffer,
4340 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4341 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4342
4343 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4345 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4346 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4347 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4348 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4349 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4350 ignored.
4351
4352 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4353 this command work in interlaced mode:
4354 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4355 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4356 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4357
4358 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4363 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4364 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4365 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4366 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20763
4367 ;;;;;; 5110 492774 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4371 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4372
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4376 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4377 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4378 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4379 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4380 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4381 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4382
4383 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4384
4385 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4386 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4387
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4389
4390 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4391 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4392 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4393 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4394 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4397 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4398 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4399 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4400 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4403 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4404 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4405 describing how the process finished.")
4406
4407 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4408 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4409 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4410 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4411 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4414 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4415 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4416
4417 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4418
4419 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4420 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4421 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4422 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4423
4424 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4425
4426 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4427 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4428
4429 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4430 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4431
4432 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4433 (lambda ()
4434 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4435 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4436 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4437 (concat \"make -k \"
4438 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4441 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4444 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4445 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4446 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4447
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4449
4450 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4451 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4452 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4453 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4454
4455 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4456 and move to the source code that caused it.
4457
4458 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4459 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4460
4461 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4462 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4463 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4464 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4465
4466 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4467 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4468 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4469 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4470
4471 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4472 kills its subprocesses.
4473
4474 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4475 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4476 to a function that generates a unique name.
4477
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4481 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4482 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4483 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4484
4485 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4486 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4487
4488 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4489 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4490 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4491 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4492
4493 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4494 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4495 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4496
4497 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4498
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4500
4501 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4502 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4503 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4504 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4505 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4506
4507 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4508
4509 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4510
4511 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4512
4513 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4514
4515 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4518 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4519 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520
4521 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4522 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4523 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4524 See `compilation-mode'.
4525
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4529 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4531 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4532 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4533
4534 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4535 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4536 `compilation-mode'.
4537
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4541 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4542 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4543
4544 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4545
4546 ;;;***
4547 \f
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4549 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4551
4552 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4553 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4554 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4557 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4558
4559 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4560
4561 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4562 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4566
4567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4572 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4573 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4576
4577 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4579 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4580 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4581 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4582 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4583 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4584
4585 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4586 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4587 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4588
4589 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4590 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4591 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4592
4593 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4594 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4595 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4596 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4597
4598 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4599 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4600 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4601 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4602 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4603 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4604 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4605
4606 \\{conf-mode-map}
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `#'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4616
4617 \[Desktop Entry]
4618 Encoding=UTF-8
4619 Name=The GIMP
4620 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4621 Name[cs]=GIMP
4622
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `;'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4629
4630 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4631
4632 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4633 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4635
4636 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4637 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4638
4639 \(fn)" t nil)
4640
4641 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4643 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4644 between `/*' and `*/'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4646
4647 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4648 // another kind of comment
4649 /* yet another */
4650
4651 name:value
4652 name=value
4653 name value
4654 x.1 =
4655 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4656 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4663 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4664 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4665 `conf-space-keywords'.
4666 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4667 in an interactive fashion instead.
4668
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4672
4673 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4674 image/png png
4675 image/tiff tiff tif
4676
4677 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4678 class desktop
4679 # Standard multimedia devices
4680 add /dev/audio desktop
4681 add /dev/mixer desktop
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4686 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4687 See `conf-space-mode'.
4688
4689 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4693 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4695
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4697
4698 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4699 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4700
4701 \(fn)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4705 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4707
4708 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4709
4710 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4711 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4712
4713 \(fn)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4717 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4719
4720 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4721
4722 *background: gray99
4723 *foreground: black
4724
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4726
4727 ;;;***
4728 \f
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4730 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4732
4733 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4734 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739
4740 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4741 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4742 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4743 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4744
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746
4747 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4748 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4749 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4750 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4751
4752 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4753
4754 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4756
4757 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4758
4759 ;;;***
4760 \f
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4762 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20707
4763 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4765 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4767 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4771 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4772 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4773 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4774 following the copyright are updated as well.
4775 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4776 interactively.
4777
4778 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4781 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4782 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4783 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4784 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4785
4786 \(fn)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4789 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4790
4791 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4792
4793 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4794 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4795 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4796
4797 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4798
4799 ;;;***
4800 \f
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4802 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20763 5110 492774
4803 ;;;;;; 0))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4805 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4808 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4809 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4810 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4811 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4812
4813 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4814 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4816 Tab indents for Perl code.
4817 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4819
4820 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4821 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4822 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4823 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4824 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4825 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4826 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4827 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4828 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4829 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4830 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4831 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4832
4833 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4834
4835 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4836 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4837
4838 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4839
4840 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4841 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4842 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4843 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4844 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4845 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4846 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4847 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4848 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4849
4850 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4851
4852 bite if angry;
4853
4854 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4855 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4856 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4857 to nil.)
4858
4859 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4860 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4861 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4862
4863 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4864
4865 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4866 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4867 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4868 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4869 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4870
4871 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4872
4873 if (A) { B }
4874
4875 into
4876
4877 B if A;
4878
4879 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4880
4881 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4882 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4883 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4884 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4885 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4886 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4887 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4888 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4889 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4890 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4891 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4892 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4893 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4894
4895 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4896 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4897 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4898 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4899 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4900 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4901
4902 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4903 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4904 man via menu.
4905
4906 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4907 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4908 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4909 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4910 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4911
4912 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4913 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4914 span the needed amount of lines.
4915
4916 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4917 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4918 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4919 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4920
4921 Variables controlling indentation style:
4922 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4923 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4925 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4926 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4927 `cperl-auto-newline'
4928 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4929 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4930 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4931 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4932 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4933 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4934 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4935 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4936 `cperl-indent-level'
4937 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4938 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4939 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4940 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4941 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4942 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4943 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4944 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4945 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946 `cperl-brace-offset'
4947 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4948 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4949 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4950 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4951 `cperl-label-offset'
4952 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4953 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4954 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4955
4956 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4957 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4958 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4959 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4960 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4961 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4962
4963 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4964 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4965 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4966 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4967
4968 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4969 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4970 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4971 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4972 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4973 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4974 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4975
4976 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4977 column 0 is indented on
4978 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4979
4980 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4981 with no args.
4982
4983 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4984 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4985 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4991
4992 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4995 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5002 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5004
5005 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5006 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5007 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5008 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5009 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5010
5011 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5014 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5015
5016 \(fn)" t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5021 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5023
5024 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5025 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5026 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5027 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5028
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5031
5032 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5033
5034 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5035 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5037 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5038 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5041
5042 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5043
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5049
5050 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5051 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5052 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5053 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5054
5055 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5056 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5057 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5058 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5059
5060 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5061 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5062 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5063
5064 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5065 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5066 'bob', and 'eve'.
5067
5068 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5069 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5070 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5071
5072 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5073
5074 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5075 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5076 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5077
5078 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20707
5083 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5087 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5088
5089 \(fn)" t nil)
5090
5091 ;;;***
5092 \f
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5096
5097 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5098 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5099 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5102 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5103
5104 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5105
5106 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5107 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5111
5112 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5113 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5114 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5115 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5116 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5117 normal function of these prefix keys.
5118
5119 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5120 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5121 options:
5122 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5123 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5124 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5125
5126 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5127 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5128 the prefix fallback behavior.
5129
5130 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5131 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5132 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5133 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5134
5135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5139
5140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5141
5142 ;;;***
5143 \f
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5145 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5147 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5148 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5149 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5150 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5151 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5152 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5153 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5154 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5156
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5159
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5161
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5164
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5166
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5169
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5204 Return VALUE.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5208
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5211
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5214
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5216
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5223
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5227
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5235
5236 \(fn)" t nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5242
5243 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5248
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5250
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5253
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5260
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5262
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5268
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5270
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5275
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5277
5278 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5279
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5287 and `defface'.
5288
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5290
5291 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5296
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5301
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5309 release.
5310
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5313
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5320
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5322
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5331
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5339
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5344
5345 \(fn)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5349
5350 \(fn)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5357 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5358
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5362
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5367
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5372
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5377
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5385 that option.
5386
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5391 The result includes selecting that window.
5392 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5393 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5394 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5395 that option.
5396
5397 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5398
5399 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5400 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5401
5402 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5403
5404 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5405 File used for storing customization information.
5406 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5407 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5408 it should be an absolute file name.
5409
5410 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5411 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5412 something like the following in your init file:
5413
5414 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5415 \(load custom-file)
5416
5417 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5418 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5419
5420 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5421 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5422 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5423 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5424 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5425
5426 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5427 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5428 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5429 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5430 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5431 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5432 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5433 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5434 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5435 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5436
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5438
5439 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5441
5442 \(fn)" nil nil)
5443
5444 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5445 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5446
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5452
5453 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5456 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5457 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5458 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5459 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5460
5461 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5466 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20707
5467 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5469
5470 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5471 Create or edit a custom theme.
5472 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5473 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5474 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5475 from the Custom save file.
5476 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5477 named *Custom Theme*.
5478
5479 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5483
5484 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5488
5489 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5492 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5493 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5494 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5503
5504 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5505 Mode used for cvs status output.
5506
5507 \(fn)" t nil)
5508
5509 ;;;***
5510 \f
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5512 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5514
5515 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5517
5518 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5519
5520 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5521 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5522 C++ modes are included.
5523
5524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5527
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5529
5530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5531
5532 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5538
5539 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5540
5541 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5542 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5543 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5544 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5545 ARG is omitted or nil.
5546
5547 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5548 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5549 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5550
5551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5552
5553 ;;;***
5554 \f
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5556 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5557 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5559
5560 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5561 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5562
5563 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5564
5565 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5566 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5567
5568 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5569
5570 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5572 For readability, the table is slightly
5573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5574
5575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5577 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5582
5583 ;;;***
5584 \f
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5586 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5588 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5589 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5590 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5591 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5592
5593 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5594 Completion on current word.
5595 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5596 and presents suggestions for completion.
5597
5598 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5599 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5600 completions.
5601
5602 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5603 then it searches *all* buffers.
5604
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5609
5610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5615
5616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5618
5619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5622
5623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5625
5626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5627
5628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5629
5630 ;;;***
5631 \f
5632 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5633 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5635
5636 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5637 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5638
5639 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5640
5641 ;;;***
5642 \f
5643 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20707
5644 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5646
5647 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5648 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5649 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5650 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5651 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5652
5653 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5654
5655 ;;;***
5656 \f
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763
5658 ;;;;;; 5110 492774 0))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5660
5661 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5662 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5663
5664 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5665 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5666 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5667
5668 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5669 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5670 Data lines are not indented.
5671
5672 Key bindings:
5673
5674 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5675 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5676
5677 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5678 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5679 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5680 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5681
5682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5683
5684 dcl-basic-offset
5685 Extra indentation within blocks.
5686
5687 dcl-continuation-offset
5688 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5689
5690 dcl-margin-offset
5691 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5692
5693 dcl-margin-label-offset
5694 Indentation for a label.
5695
5696 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5697 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5698
5699 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5700 dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5702 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5703 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5704 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5705 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5706
5707 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5708 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5709 Two such functions are included in the package:
5710 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5711 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5712
5713 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5715 One such function is included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5717
5718 dcl-tab-always-indent
5719 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5720 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5721 margin.
5722
5723 dcl-electric-characters
5724 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5725 typed.
5726
5727 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5728 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5729 which words trigger electric indentation.
5730
5731 dcl-tempo-comma
5732 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5733 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5734 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5735
5736 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5737 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5738 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5739 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5740
5741 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5742 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5743 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5744 dcl-imenu-label-call
5745 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5746
5747 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5748 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5749 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5750 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5751
5752
5753 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5754
5755 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5756 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5757 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5758 $ i = 1
5759 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5760 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5761 $ label:
5762 $ if i.eq.1
5763 $ then
5764 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5765 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5767 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5769 \"lined up with the command line\"
5770 $ type sys$input
5771 Data lines are not indented at all.
5772 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5773 $ endif
5774 $
5775
5776
5777 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5778 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5779
5780 \(fn)" t nil)
5781
5782 ;;;***
5783 \f
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5787
5788 (setq debugger 'debug)
5789
5790 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5791 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5792 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5793 of the evaluator.
5794
5795 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5796 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5797 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5798
5799 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5802 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5803
5804 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5805
5806 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5807 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5808 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5809 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5810 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5811 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5812
5813 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5814 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5815
5816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5819 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5820 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5821 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5823
5824 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5825
5826 ;;;***
5827 \f
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5829 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5831
5832 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5833 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5834
5835 \(fn)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5838 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5839 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5840 Upper-case letters are commands.
5841
5842 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5843 modify it.
5844
5845 The most useful commands are:
5846 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5847 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5848 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5849 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5850 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5851 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5852
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5854
5855 ;;;***
5856 \f
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5858 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20707
5859 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5863 Customization of `columns' group.
5864
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5869
5870 START and END delimits the text region.
5871
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5876
5877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5878
5879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20707
5884 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5888 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5889 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5890 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5891 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5892 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5893 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5894
5895 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5896
5897 Customization:
5898
5899 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5900 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5901 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5902 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5903 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5904 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5905 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5906 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5908 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5909 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5910 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5911 blank line.
5912 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5913 Directories to search when finding external units.
5914 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5915 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5916
5917 Coloring:
5918
5919 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5920 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5921 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5923 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5924 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5925 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5926 Face used to color everything else.
5927
5928 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5929 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5930
5931 \(fn)" t nil)
5932
5933 ;;;***
5934 \f
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20707
5936 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5938
5939 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5940
5941 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5942 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5943 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5946 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5947
5948 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5949
5950 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5951 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5955
5956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5959 any selection.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 ;;;***
5964 \f
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5966 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5968
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5971
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5973
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5982
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5985 :group GROUP
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5988 :syntax-table TABLE
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5991 :abbrev-table TABLE
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5994
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5996
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5998
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6002
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6005
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6009
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6012
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6015
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6017
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6019
6020 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6021
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6027
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6029
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6033 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6035
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6042 otherwise.
6043
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6045
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6050
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6054
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6061 relevant to POS.
6062
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6064
6065 ;;;***
6066 \f
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6068 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6069 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6070 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6072
6073 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6074 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6075 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6076
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6078
6079 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6080 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6084
6085 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6086 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6087 `desktop-read' for details.
6088
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6090
6091 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6092 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6093 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6094 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6095
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6099 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6100 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6101
6102 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6103 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6104 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6105
6106 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6107 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6108
6109 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6110 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6111 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6112
6113 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6114 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6115 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6116 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6117
6118 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6119
6120 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6121 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6122
6123 Handlers are called with argument list
6124
6125 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6126
6127 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6128
6129 desktop-file-version
6130 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6131 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6132 desktop-buffer-point
6133 desktop-buffer-mark
6134 desktop-buffer-read-only
6135 desktop-buffer-locals
6136
6137 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6138 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6139
6140 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6141 code like
6142
6143 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6144 ...
6145 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6146 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6147
6148 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6149
6150 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6151
6152 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6154 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6155 List elements must have the form
6156
6157 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6158
6159 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6160 function.
6161
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6163
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6165
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6167
6168 desktop-file-version
6169 desktop-buffer-file-name
6170 desktop-buffer-name
6171 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6172 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6173 desktop-buffer-point
6174 desktop-buffer-mark
6175 desktop-buffer-read-only
6176 desktop-buffer-misc
6177
6178 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6179 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6180 created and set.
6181
6182 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6183 code like
6184
6185 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6186 ...
6187 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6188 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6189
6190 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6191
6192 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6193
6194 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6195
6196 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6197 Empty the Desktop.
6198 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6199 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6200 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6201
6202 \(fn)" t nil)
6203
6204 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6205 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6206 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6207 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6208 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6209
6210 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6211
6212 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6213 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6214 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6219 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6220 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6221 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6222 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6223 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6224 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6225 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6226
6227 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6230 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6231 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6232
6233 \(fn)" nil nil)
6234
6235 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6236
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6241 directory DIRNAME.
6242
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6252
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6268
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6274
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6286
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6294
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6300
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6307
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6311 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6312
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6315
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318 calendar-date-style 'european
6319 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6320
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6322
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6324
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6326
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6329
6330 \(fn)" t nil)
6331
6332 ;;;***
6333 \f
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6335 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6336 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6338
6339 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6340 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6341
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6343
6344 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6345 The command to use to run diff.")
6346
6347 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6348
6349 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6350 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6351 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6352 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6353 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6354 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6355
6356 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6357 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6358 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6359
6360 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6363 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6364 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6365 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6366 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6367 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6368
6369 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6372 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6373
6374 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6375
6376 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6377 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6378 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6379
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6385 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6391 normal diffs.
6392
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6396
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6400
6401 \\{diff-mode-map}
6402
6403 \(fn)" t nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6410
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6419
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6423
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6425
6426 ;;;***
6427 \f
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6429 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20730 4700
6430 ;;;;;; 471174 0))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6432
6433 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6434 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6435 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6436 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6437 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6438 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6439 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6440 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6441
6442 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6443
6444 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6445 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6446 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6447 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6448 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6449 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6450
6451 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6452 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6453 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6454 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6455 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6456 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6457 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6458 list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6462
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6464
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6467
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6470
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6473
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6476
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6481
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6492 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6502 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6503 to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6517
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6522
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6524 for more info):
6525
6526 `dired-listing-switches'
6527 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6528 `dired-marker-char'
6529 `dired-del-marker'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6533 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6534
6535 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6536
6537 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6539 `dired-mode-hook'
6540 `dired-load-hook'
6541
6542 Keybindings:
6543 \\{dired-mode-map}
6544
6545 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6546 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6547
6548 ;;;***
6549 \f
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6551 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6553
6554 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6555 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6559
6560 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6561 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6562 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6563
6564 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6565 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6566 directory.
6567
6568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6571 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6572 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6573 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6574 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6575 from `default-directory'.
6576
6577 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6578
6579 ;;;***
6580 \f
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20707
6582 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6584
6585 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6586 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6587 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6588 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6589 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6590 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6591
6592 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6593
6594 ;;;***
6595 \f
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6597 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6598 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6599 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6600 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6601 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6603
6604 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6605 Return a new, empty display table.
6606
6607 \(fn)" nil nil)
6608
6609 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6611 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6612 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6613 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6614
6615 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6616
6617 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6618 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6619 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6620 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6621 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6622
6623 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6627
6628 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6629
6630 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6631 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6632
6633 \(fn)" t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6637
6638 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6640
6641 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6642 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6643 byte.
6644
6645 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6646 in the default way after this call.
6647
6648 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6649
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6651 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6652
6653 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6654
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C using printable string S.
6657
6658 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6662 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6663 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6664
6665 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6669 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6670 X frame.
6671
6672 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6675 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6676
6677 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6680 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6681
6682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6685 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6686
6687 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6691
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6695 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6696
6697 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6698
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6700 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6701
6702 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6703 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6704
6705 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6706 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6707
6708 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6709 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6710 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6711 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6712
6713 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6714 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6715 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6716 in `.emacs'.
6717
6718 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6719
6720 ;;;***
6721 \f
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6723 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6725
6726 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6727 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6728 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6729 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6730 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6731 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6732 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6733 Default is 2.
6734
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6736
6737 ;;;***
6738 \f
6739 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20707 18685
6740 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6742
6743 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6744 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6745 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6746 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6747 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6748 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6749 private or ask).
6750 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6751 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6752 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6753 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6754 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6755
6756 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6757
6758 ;;;***
6759 \f
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6761 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6763
6764 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6765 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6766 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6767 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6768 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6769 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6770 table and its own syntax table.
6771
6772 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6773
6774 \(fn)" t nil)
6775 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6776
6777 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6778 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6779
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6781
6782 ;;;***
6783 \f
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6785 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20707
6786 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6788
6789 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6790 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6791 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6792 OpenDocument format).
6793
6794 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6795
6796 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6797 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6798
6799 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6800 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6801
6802 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6803 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6804 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6805
6806 \(fn)" t nil)
6807
6808 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6809 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6810 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6811 to the next best mode.
6812
6813 \(fn)" nil nil)
6814
6815 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6816 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6820
6821 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6822
6823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6824
6825 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6826
6827
6828 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6829
6830 ;;;***
6831 \f
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20707 18685
6833 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6835
6836 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6837 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6838
6839 \(fn)" t nil)
6840
6841 ;;;***
6842 \f
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20707 18685
6844 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6846
6847 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6848 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6851 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6852
6853 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6854 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6855
6856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6857
6858 ;;;***
6859 \f
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20707 18685
6861 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6863
6864 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6865 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6866
6867 \(fn)" t nil)
6868
6869 ;;;***
6870 \f
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6872 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20765 7114 233956 846000))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6875
6876 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6877
6878 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6879 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6880 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6881 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6882 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6883
6884 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6885 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6886 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6887 and disables it otherwise.
6888
6889 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6890 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6891 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6892 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6893
6894 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6895 documenting what its argument does.
6896
6897 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6898 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6899 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6900 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6901 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6902 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6903 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6904 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6905
6906 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6907 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6908 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6909 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6910 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6911 mode is global):
6912
6913 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6914 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6915 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6916 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6917 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6918 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6919 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6920 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6921 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6922 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6923 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6924 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6925 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6926 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6927 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6928 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6929 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6930 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6931 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6932 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6933 in :variable).
6934
6935 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6936 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6937
6938 For example, you could write
6939 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6940 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6941 ...BODY CODE...)
6942
6943 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6944
6945 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6946
6947 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6948
6949 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6950
6951 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6952 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6953 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6954 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6955 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6956 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6957 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6958 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6959 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6960 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6961 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6962 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6963
6964 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6965 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6966 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6967 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6968 call another major mode in their body.
6969
6970 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971
6972 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973
6974 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6975 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6976 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6977 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6978 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6979 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6980 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981
6982 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983
6984 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6985 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6986 :inherit Parent keymap.
6987 :group Ignored.
6988 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6989 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990
6991 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6994 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6995 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6996 the constant's documentation.
6997
6998 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999
7000 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7001 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7002 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003
7004 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7005
7006 ;;;***
7007 \f
7008 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7009 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20707
7010 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7012
7013 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7014 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7015 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7016 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7017
7018 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7019 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7020 as a top-level menu bar item.
7021
7022 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7023 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7024 pairs:
7025
7026 :filter FUNCTION
7027 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7028 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7029 items to actually display.
7030
7031 :visible INCLUDE
7032 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7033 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7034 alias for `:visible'.
7035
7036 :active ENABLE
7037 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7038 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7039 an alias for `:active'.
7040
7041 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7042 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7043
7044 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7045
7046 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7047
7048 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7049 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7050
7051 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7052 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7053
7054 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7055
7056 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7057
7058 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7059 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7060
7061 :keys KEYS
7062 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7063 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7064 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7065 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7066
7067 :key-sequence KEYS
7068 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7069 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7070 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7071 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7072
7073 :active ENABLE
7074 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7075 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7076 alias for `:active'.
7077
7078 :visible INCLUDE
7079 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7080 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7081 `:visible'.
7082
7083 :label FORM
7084 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7085 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7086
7087 :suffix FORM
7088 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7089 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7090
7091 :style STYLE
7092 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7093 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7094 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7095
7096 :selected SELECTED
7097 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7098 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7099
7100 :help HELP
7101 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7102
7103 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7104 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7105 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7106
7107 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7108 MENU. This is a submenu.
7109
7110 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7111
7112 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7113
7114 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7115
7116
7117 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7120 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7121 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7122 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7123
7124 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7127 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7128 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7129 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7130 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7131 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7132
7133 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7134 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7135 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7136
7137 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7138 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7139 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7140
7141 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7142 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7143
7144 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7145
7146 ;;;***
7147 \f
7148 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7149 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7150 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7151 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7152 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7153 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7154 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7155 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7157
7158 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7159 Customization for ebnf group.
7160
7161 \(fn)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7165
7166 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7167
7168 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7169 processed.
7170
7171 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7172
7173 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7177
7178 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7179 killed after process termination.
7180
7181 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7182
7183 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7187
7188 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7189 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7190 it to the printer.
7191
7192 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7193 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7194 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7195 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7196
7197 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7200 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7201 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7202
7203 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7207
7208 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7209
7210 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7211 processed.
7212
7213 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7214
7215 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7219
7220 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7221 killed after process termination.
7222
7223 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7224
7225 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7229 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7230 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7231
7232 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7233
7234 \(fn)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7238 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7239
7240 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7241
7242 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7246
7247 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7248
7249 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7250 processed.
7251
7252 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7253
7254 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7258
7259 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7260 killed after EPS generation.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7263
7264 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7268
7269 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7270 The EPS file name has the following form:
7271
7272 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7273
7274 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7275 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7276
7277 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7278 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7279 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7280 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7281 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7282
7283 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7284 files.
7285
7286 \(fn)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7290
7291 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7292 The EPS file name has the following form:
7293
7294 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7295
7296 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7297 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7298
7299 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7300 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7301 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7302 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7303 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7304
7305 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7306 files.
7307
7308 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7309
7310 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7313 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7314
7315 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7316
7317 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7318 are processed.
7319
7320 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7321
7322 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7326
7327 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7328 killed after syntax checking.
7329
7330 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7331
7332 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7336
7337 \(fn)" t nil)
7338
7339 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7340 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7341
7342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7345 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7346
7347 \(fn)" nil nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7351
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7353
7354 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7358
7359 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360
7361 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Delete style NAME.
7365
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7367
7368 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7372
7373 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7374
7375 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7378 Set STYLE as the current style.
7379
7380 Returns the old style symbol.
7381
7382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7383
7384 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7385
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Reset current style.
7388
7389 Returns the old style symbol.
7390
7391 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392
7393 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7397
7398 Returns the old style symbol.
7399
7400 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7401
7402 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7403
7404 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7408
7409 Returns the old style symbol.
7410
7411 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7412
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7420 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7421 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7422 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7423 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7424 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7428 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7429 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20707
7430 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
7431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7434 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7435 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7436 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7437 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7438 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7439
7440 Tree mode key bindings:
7441 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7442
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7446 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7447
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7449
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7451 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7452
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7456 View declaration of member at point.
7457
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7461 Find declaration of member at point.
7462
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7466 View definition of member at point.
7467
7468 \(fn)" t nil)
7469
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7471 Find definition of member at point.
7472
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7476 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7477
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7481 View definition of member at point in other window.
7482
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7484
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7486 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7487
7488 \(fn)" t nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7491 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7492
7493 \(fn)" t nil)
7494
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7496 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7497
7498 \(fn)" t nil)
7499
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7501 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7502
7503 \(fn)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7506 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7507 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7508 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7509 completion.
7510
7511 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7512
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7514 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7515 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7516 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7517
7518 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7521 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7522 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7523 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7524
7525 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7528 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7529 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7530
7531 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7534 Search for call sites of a member.
7535 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7536 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7537 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7538 looks like a function call to the member.
7539
7540 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7543 Move backward in the position stack.
7544 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7545
7546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7549 Move forward in the position stack.
7550 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7551
7552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7555 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7556
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7558
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7560 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7561
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7565 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7566 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7567 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7568
7569 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7572 Display statistics for a class tree.
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 ;;;***
7577 \f
7578 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7579 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7580 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7581
7582 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7583 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7584 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7585 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7586 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7587 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7588 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7589
7590 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7591
7592 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7593 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7594 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7595 also has this effect.
7596 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7597 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7598 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7599 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7600 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7601 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7602 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7603 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7604 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7605 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7606
7607 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7608
7609 ;;;***
7610 \f
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7612 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7614
7615 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7616 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7617 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7618
7619 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7620
7621 ;;;***
7622 \f
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7624 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7626
7627 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7628
7629
7630 \(fn)" nil nil)
7631
7632 ;;;***
7633 \f
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20748 34276
7635 ;;;;;; 6200 0))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7637
7638 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7639 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7640 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7643 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7644
7645 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7646
7647 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7648 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7652
7653 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7654 an EDE controlled project.
7655
7656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7657
7658 ;;;***
7659 \f
7660 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7661 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7664
7665 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7666 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7667 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7668 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7669 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7670
7671 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7672 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7673 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7674 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7675
7676 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7677
7678 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7679 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7680 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7681 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7682
7683 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7684
7685 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7686 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7687 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7688 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7689
7690 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7691
7692 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7693
7694 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7695 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7696 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7697 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7698 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7699
7700 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7701 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7702 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7703 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7704 instrumented for Edebug.
7705
7706 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7707 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7708 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7709 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7710 already is one.)
7711
7712 \(fn)" t nil)
7713
7714 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7715 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7716
7717 \(fn)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7720 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7721
7722 \(fn)" t nil)
7723
7724 ;;;***
7725 \f
7726 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7727 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7729 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7735 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20707 18685
7736 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7746
7747 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7750
7751 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7754 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7755 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7756 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7757
7758 \(fn)" t nil)
7759
7760 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7762 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7763 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7764
7765 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7769
7770 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7776
7777 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7778
7779 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7783 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7784 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7785
7786 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7787
7788 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7792 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7793 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7794
7795 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7796
7797 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7801 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7802 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7803
7804 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7805
7806 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7810 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7811 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7812
7813 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7814
7815 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7818 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7819 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7820 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7821 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7822 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7827 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7828 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7829 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7830
7831 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7832
7833 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7834
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7836 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7837 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7838 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7839
7840 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7841
7842 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7843
7844 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7847 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7848 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7849 follows:
7850 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7851 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7852
7853 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7856 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7857 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7858 follows:
7859 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7860 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7861
7862 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7866 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7867 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7868 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7869
7870 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7873 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7874 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7875 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7876 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7877 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7878
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7880
7881 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7884 Merge two files without ancestor.
7885
7886 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7889 Merge two files with ancestor.
7890
7891 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892
7893 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7896 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7897
7898 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7899
7900 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7901 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7902
7903 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7904
7905 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7906 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7907 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7908 buffer.
7909
7910 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7913 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7914 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7915 buffer.
7916
7917 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7920 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7921 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7922 and don't ask the user.
7923 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7924 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7925
7926 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7929 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7930 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7931 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7932 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7933 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7934 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7935 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7936
7937 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7938
7939 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7940
7941 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7945 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7946 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7947 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7948
7949 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7950
7951 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7952
7953 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7954 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7955 When called interactively, displays the version.
7956
7957 \(fn)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7960 Display Ediff's manual.
7961 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7962
7963 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7968 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7970
7971 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7972
7973
7974 \(fn)" t nil)
7975
7976 ;;;***
7977 \f
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7979 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7981
7982 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7983 Display Ediff's registry.
7984
7985 \(fn)" t nil)
7986
7987 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7988
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7992 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7994
7995 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7996 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7997 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7998 which see.
7999
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8003 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8004 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8005 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8006
8007 \(fn)" t nil)
8008
8009 ;;;***
8010 \f
8011 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8012 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8013 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8015
8016 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8017 Edit a keyboard macro.
8018 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8019 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8020 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8021 its command name.
8022 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8023
8024 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8025
8026 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8027 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8028
8029 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8030
8031 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8032 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8033
8034 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8037 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8038 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8039 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8040 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8041 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8042
8043 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8044 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8045 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8046 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8047
8048 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8049
8050 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8051 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8052 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8053 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8054 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8055 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8056
8057 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8058
8059 ;;;***
8060 \f
8061 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8062 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8064
8065 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8066 Set scroll margins.
8067 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8068 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8069
8070 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8071
8072 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8073 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8074
8075 \(fn)" t nil)
8076
8077 ;;;***
8078 \f
8079 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8080 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8082
8083 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8084 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8085 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8086 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8087 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8088 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8089 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8090
8091 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8092 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8093
8094 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8095 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8096 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8097 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8098
8099 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8100 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8101 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8102
8103 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8104 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8105 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8106
8107 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8108
8109 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8110
8111
8112 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8117 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8119
8120 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8121 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8122 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8123
8124 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8129 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8130 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8132
8133 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8134 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8135 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8136 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8137
8138 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8139 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8140
8141 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8142 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8143 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8144 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8145
8146 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8149 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8150 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8151
8152 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8153 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8154
8155 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8156 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8157 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8158
8159 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8160
8161 ;;;***
8162 \f
8163 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8164 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8166
8167 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8168 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8169
8170 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8171
8172 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8173 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8174 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8175 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8176 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8177
8178 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8179 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8180 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8181 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8182 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8183 expression point is on.
8184
8185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8188 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8189
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8191
8192 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8193 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8194 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8195 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8196 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8197 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8198 arg list.
8199
8200 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8201 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8202 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8203 effect.
8204
8205 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8206 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8211 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8213
8214 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8215 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8216
8217 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8218 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8219 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8222 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8223
8224 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8225
8226 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8227 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8231
8232 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8233 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8234 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8235
8236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8237
8238 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8239 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8240 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8242 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8243 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8244
8245 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8248 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8252
8253 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8254 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8255 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8256
8257 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8258
8259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8260
8261 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8262 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8263 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8266 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8267
8268 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8269
8270 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8271 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8273 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8274 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8275 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8276
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8278
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20707
8282 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8284
8285 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8286 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8287
8288 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8289 an elided material again.
8290
8291 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8292
8293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8294
8295 ;;;***
8296 \f
8297 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8298 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8299 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8301
8302 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8303 Lint the file FILE.
8304
8305 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8306
8307 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8308 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8309 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8310
8311 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8314 Lint the current buffer.
8315 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8316
8317 \(fn)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8320 Lint the function at point.
8321 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8322
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8326 Initialize elint.
8327 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8328 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8329
8330 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8331
8332 ;;;***
8333 \f
8334 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8335 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20707
8336 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8338
8339 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8340 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8341 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8342
8343 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8346 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8347 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8348 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8349
8350 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8353 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8354 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8355
8356 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8357
8358 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8361 Display current profiling results.
8362 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8363 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8364 displayed.
8365
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8367
8368 ;;;***
8369 \f
8370 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8371 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8373
8374 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8375 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8376 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8377 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8378 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8379 ARG is omitted or nil.
8380
8381 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8382 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8383 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8384 used instead.
8385
8386 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8387
8388 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8389 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8390 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8391
8392 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8393
8394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8395
8396 ;;;***
8397 \f
8398 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8399 ;;;;;; (20758 63604 302072 0))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8401
8402 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8403 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8404 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8405
8406 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8407
8408 ;;;***
8409 \f
8410 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8411 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8412 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8413 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8414 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20627 28531 447943 0))
8415 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8416
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8418 Run Emerge on two files.
8419
8420 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8423 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8424
8425 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8428 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8429
8430 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8433 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8434
8435 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8436
8437 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8438
8439
8440 \(fn)" nil nil)
8441
8442 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8443
8444
8445 \(fn)" nil nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8448
8449
8450 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8453
8454
8455 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8458 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8459
8460 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8461
8462 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8463 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8464
8465 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8468
8469
8470 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8471
8472 ;;;***
8473 \f
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8475 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8477
8478 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8479 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8480 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8481 text/enriched format.
8482
8483 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8484 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8485 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8486
8487 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8488
8489 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8490 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8491
8492 Commands:
8493
8494 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8495
8496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8499
8500
8501 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8502
8503 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8504
8505
8506 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8507
8508 ;;;***
8509 \f
8510 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8511 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8512 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8513 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8514 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8515 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20707
8516 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8520 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8521
8522 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8525 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8526
8527 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8530 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8531 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8532 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8533 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8534 the keys are listed.
8535 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8536
8537 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8538
8539 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8540 Decrypt FILE.
8541
8542 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8545 Verify FILE.
8546
8547 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8548
8549 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8550 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8551
8552 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8555 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8556
8557 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8558
8559 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8560 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8561
8562 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8563 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8564 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8565 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8566
8567 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8568 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8569 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8570 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8571 should consider using the string based counterpart
8572 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8573 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8574
8575 For example:
8576
8577 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8578 (decode-coding-string
8579 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8580 'utf-8))
8581
8582 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8585 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8586
8587 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8588 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8589
8590 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8593 Verify the current region between START and END.
8594
8595 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8597 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8598 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8599 should consider using the string based counterpart
8600 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8601 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8602
8603 For example:
8604
8605 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8606 (decode-coding-string
8607 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8608 'utf-8))
8609
8610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8613 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8614 between START and END.
8615
8616 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8617 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8618
8619 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8622 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8623
8624 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8625 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8626 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8627 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8628 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8629 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8630
8631 For example:
8632
8633 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8634 (epg-sign-string
8635 context
8636 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8637
8638 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8639
8640 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8641 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8642
8643 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8644 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8645 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8646 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8647 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8648 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8649
8650 For example:
8651
8652 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8653 (epg-encrypt-string
8654 context
8655 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8656 nil))
8657
8658 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8661 Delete selected KEYS.
8662
8663 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8666 Import keys from FILE.
8667
8668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8671 Import keys from the region.
8672
8673 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8676 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8677 between START and END.
8678
8679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8680
8681 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8682 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8683
8684 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8687 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8688
8689 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8690
8691 ;;;***
8692 \f
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8694 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20707 18685
8695 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8697
8698 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8699 Decrypt marked files.
8700
8701 \(fn)" t nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8704 Verify marked files.
8705
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8709 Sign marked files.
8710
8711 \(fn)" t nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8714 Encrypt marked files.
8715
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8717
8718 ;;;***
8719 \f
8720 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8721 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8723
8724 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8725
8726
8727 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8728
8729 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8730
8731
8732 \(fn)" t nil)
8733
8734 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8735
8736
8737 \(fn)" t nil)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8742 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8743 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8745
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8747 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8749 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8750 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8751
8752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8755 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757
8758 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8759
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8763 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765
8766 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8767
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8771 Sign the current buffer.
8772 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8773
8774 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8775
8776 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8777
8778 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8779 Encrypt the current buffer.
8780 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8781
8782 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8783
8784 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8785
8786 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8787 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8788 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8789
8790 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8791
8792 \(fn)" t nil)
8793
8794 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8795 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8796 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8797 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8798 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8799 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8800
8801 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8802
8803 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8804 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8806 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8807 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8808
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20707 18685
8814 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8816
8817 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8818 Return a context object.
8819
8820 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8821
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8825 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8827
8828 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8829 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8830
8831 \(fn)" nil nil)
8832
8833 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8834 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8835
8836 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8839 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8840
8841 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8842
8843 ;;;***
8844 \f
8845 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8846 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8850 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8851
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8855 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8856 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8857
8858 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8859
8860 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8861 (server (erc-compute-server))
8862 (port (erc-compute-port))
8863 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8864 password
8865 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8866
8867 That is, if called with
8868
8869 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8870
8871 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8872 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8873 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8874
8875 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8876
8877 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8878
8879 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8880 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8881 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8882
8883 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8886 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8887 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8888 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8889
8890 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20707
8895 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8898
8899 ;;;***
8900 \f
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20707 18685
8902 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8905
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20707 18685
8909 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8912
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20707 18685
8916 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8918 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8923 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 Parser for /dcc command.
8929 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8930 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8931 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8932
8933 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8934
8935 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8936 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8937
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8939
8940 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8941 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8944 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8945 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8946 that subcommand.
8947
8948 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8949
8950 ;;;***
8951 \f
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8953 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8955 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8956
8957 ;;;***
8958 \f
8959 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8960 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8961 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8962 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8963 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8967 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8968
8969 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8972 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8973 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8974 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8975
8976 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8979
8980
8981 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8984 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8985
8986 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8987
8988 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8989 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8990
8991 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8994 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8995
8996 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8999 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9000
9001 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9004 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9005
9006 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9009 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9010
9011 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9014 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9015
9016 \(fn)" nil nil)
9017
9018 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9019 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9020
9021 \(fn)" nil nil)
9022
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20707
9026 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9031 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9032 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9033
9034 \(fn)" nil nil)
9035
9036 ;;;***
9037 \f
9038 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9039 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9041 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9042
9043 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9044 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9045 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9046 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9047 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9048 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9049 system.
9050
9051 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9052
9053 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9054
9055
9056 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9057
9058 ;;;***
9059 \f
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9061 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9065
9066
9067 \(fn)" nil nil)
9068
9069 ;;;***
9070 \f
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20707 18685 911514
9072 ;;;;;; 0))
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9074 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9075
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20707 18685 911514
9079 ;;;;;; 0))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9082
9083 ;;;***
9084 \f
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9086 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9091 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9092 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9093 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9094 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9095 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9096
9097 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9100 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9101 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9102 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9103
9104 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9105 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9106 automatically.
9107
9108 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9109 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9110
9111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9112
9113 ;;;***
9114 \f
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9116 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9117 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9118 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9121
9122 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9124
9125 \(fn)" t nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9129
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9134
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9139
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9141
9142 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9144
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9149
9150 \(fn)" t nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9154
9155 \(fn)" t nil)
9156
9157 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9159
9160 \(fn)" t nil)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20707 18685 911514
9165 ;;;;;; 0))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9168
9169 ;;;***
9170 \f
9171 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9172 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9175
9176 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9177 Show who's gone.
9178
9179 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9184 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9186
9187 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9188 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9189 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9190 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9191
9192 \(fn)" nil nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9195 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9202 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9207 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9208 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9209 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9210
9211 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9212
9213 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9214
9215
9216 \(fn)" nil nil)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20707 18685 911514
9221 ;;;;;; 0))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9224
9225 ;;;***
9226 \f
9227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20707
9228 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9231
9232 ;;;***
9233 \f
9234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20707 18685
9235 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9238
9239 ;;;***
9240 \f
9241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20707 18685 911514
9242 ;;;;;; 0))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9249 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20707 18685 911514
9250 ;;;;;; 0))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9252 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9253
9254 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9255 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9256
9257 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9258
9259 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9260 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9261 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9262
9263 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9264
9265 ;;;***
9266 \f
9267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20707 18685
9268 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9270 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9271
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9275 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9277
9278 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9279 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9280 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9281
9282 \(fn)" t nil)
9283
9284 ;;;***
9285 \f
9286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20707
9287 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9289 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9290
9291 ;;;***
9292 \f
9293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20707 18685
9294 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9296 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9301 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9303
9304 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9305 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9306 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9307
9308 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9309
9310 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9311 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9315
9316 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9317 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9318 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9319 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9320
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9323
9324 ;;;***
9325 \f
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9327 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20707 18685 911514
9328 ;;;;;; 0))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9331
9332 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9333 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9335 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9336
9337 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9340 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9341 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9342
9343 \(fn)" t nil)
9344
9345 ;;;***
9346 \f
9347 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9348 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9350 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9351
9352 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9353 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9354
9355 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9356
9357 ;;;***
9358 \f
9359 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9360 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9361 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9363
9364 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9365 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9366
9367 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9368 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9369
9370 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9371 assertions in BODY.
9372
9373 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9374
9375 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9376 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9377 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9378
9379 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9380
9381 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9382
9383 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9384
9385 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9386 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9387
9388 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9389 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9390 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9391 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9392
9393 Returns the stats object.
9394
9395 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9396
9397 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9398 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9399
9400 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9401 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9402 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9403 the tests).
9404
9405 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9406
9407 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9408 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9409
9410 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9411 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9412 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9413 and how to display message.
9414
9415 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9416
9417 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9418
9419 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9420 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9421
9422 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9423
9424 ;;;***
9425 \f
9426 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9427 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9429
9430 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9431
9432 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9433 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9434
9435 \(fn)" t nil)
9436
9437 ;;;***
9438 \f
9439 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20707
9440 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9441 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9442
9443 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9444 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9445
9446 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9447
9448 \(fn)" nil nil)
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9453 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9455
9456 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9457 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9458 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9459 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9460 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9461 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9462 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9463 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9464 buffer selected (or created).
9465
9466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9467
9468 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9469 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9470 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9471
9472 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9475 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9476 The result might be any Lisp object.
9477 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9478 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9479 corresponding to a successful execution.
9480
9481 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9482
9483 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9484
9485 ;;;***
9486 \f
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9488 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9489 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9490 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9491 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9492 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9493 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9494 ;;;;;; (20728 47414 952831 0))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9496
9497 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9498 File name of tags table.
9499 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9500 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9501 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9502 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9503 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9504
9505 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9506 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9507 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9508 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9509
9510 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9511
9512 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9513 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9514 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9515 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9516 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9517 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9518
9519 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9520
9521 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9522 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9523 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9524
9525 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9526
9527 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9528 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9529 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9530 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9531 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9532
9533 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9534
9535 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9536 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9537 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9538 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9539
9540 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9541
9542 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9543 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9544 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9545 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9546 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9547
9548 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9549
9550 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9551 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9552
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9554
9555 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9556 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9557 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9558 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9559
9560 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9561 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9562 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9563 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9564 file the tag was in.
9565
9566 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9567
9568 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9569 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9570 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9571 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9572 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9573 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9574 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9575 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9576 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9579
9580 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9581 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9582 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9583 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9584 without directory names.
9585
9586 \(fn)" nil nil)
9587 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9588 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9589 (progn
9590 (load "etags")
9591 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9592
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9596 but does not select the buffer.
9597 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9598
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9603 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9604
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9606
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9610
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9612
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9614
9615 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9617 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9619
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9625
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9627
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9631
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9633
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9635 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9636
9637 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9638 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9639 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9640 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9641 around or before point.
9642
9643 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9644 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9645 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9646 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9647 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9648
9649 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9650
9651 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9652 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9653 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9654
9655 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9656
9657 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9658 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9659
9660 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9661 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9662 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9663 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9664 around or before point.
9665
9666 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9667 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9668 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9669 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9670 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9671
9672 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9673
9674 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9675 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9676 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9677
9678 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9679
9680 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9681 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9682
9683 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9684 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9685 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9686
9687 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9688 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9689 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9690 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9691 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9692
9693 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9694
9695 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9696 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9697 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9698
9699 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9700
9701 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9702 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9703 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9704
9705 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9706 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9707
9708 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9709 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9710 where they were found.
9711
9712 \(fn)" t nil)
9713
9714 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9715 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9716
9717 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9718 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9719 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9720
9721 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9722 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9723
9724 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9725 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9726
9727 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9730 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9731 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9732 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9733
9734 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9735 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9736 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9737 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9738 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9739
9740 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9741 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9742
9743 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9744 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9745 Stops when a match is found.
9746 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9747
9748 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9749 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9750 restricted to these files.
9751
9752 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9753
9754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9757 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9758 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9759 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9760 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9761 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9762 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9763 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9764
9765 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9766 produce the list of files to search.
9767
9768 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9769
9770 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9773 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9774 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9775 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9776 directory specification.
9777
9778 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9781 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9782
9783 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9784
9785 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9786 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9787 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9788 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9789
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9791
9792 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9793 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9794 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9795 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9796 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9797
9798 \(fn)" t nil)
9799
9800 ;;;***
9801 \f
9802 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9803 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9804 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9805 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9806 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9807 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9808 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9811
9812 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9813
9814
9815 \(fn)" nil nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9819
9820 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9821 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9822
9823 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9824 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9825 primary language.
9826
9827 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9828 even if the buffer is read-only.
9829
9830 See also the descriptions of the variables
9831 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9832
9833 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9834
9835 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9836 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9837
9838 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9839 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9840
9841 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9842 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9843 primary language.
9844
9845 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9846 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9847
9848 See also the descriptions of the variables
9849 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9850
9851 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9855 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9856 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9857
9858 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9861 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9862 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9863 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9864
9865 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9866 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9867 primary language.
9868
9869 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9870 buffer is read-only.
9871
9872 See also the descriptions of the variables
9873 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9874 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9875
9876 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9879 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9880
9881 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9882 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9883
9884 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9885 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9886 the primary language.
9887
9888 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9889 buffer is read-only.
9890
9891 See also the descriptions of the variables
9892 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9893 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9894
9895 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9896
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9898 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9899 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9900
9901 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9904 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9905
9906 \(fn)" t nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9910
9911 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9912 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9913 be 1, 2, or 3.
9914
9915 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9916 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9917 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9918
9919 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9920
9921 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9922
9923 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9924 This function is deprecated.
9925
9926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9930
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9935
9936 \(fn)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9940
9941 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9942 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9943
9944 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9945 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9946
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9950 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9951
9952 \(fn)" nil nil)
9953
9954 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9955 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9956
9957 \(fn)" nil nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9960 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9961
9962 \(fn)" nil nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9965 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9966 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9967
9968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9971
9972
9973 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9974
9975 ;;;***
9976 \f
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9978 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9981
9982 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9983 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9984 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9985 server for future sessions.
9986
9987 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9988
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9990 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9992
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9996 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9997 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9998
9999 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10002 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10003 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10004 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10005 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10006 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10007 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10008 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10009 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10010 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10011 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10012 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10013
10014 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10017 Display a form to query the directory server.
10018 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10019 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10020
10021 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10022
10023 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10024 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10025 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10026
10027 \(fn)" t nil)
10028
10029 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10030
10031 ;;;***
10032 \f
10033 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10034 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10035 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10037
10038 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10039 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10040
10041 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10044 Display URL and make it clickable.
10045
10046 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10047
10048 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10049 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10050
10051 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10052
10053 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10054 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10055
10056 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10059 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10060
10061 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10062
10063 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10064 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10065
10066 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10067
10068 ;;;***
10069 \f
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10071 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10073
10074 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10075 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10076 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10077
10078 \(fn)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10081 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10082
10083 \(fn)" t nil)
10084
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10090
10091 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10092 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10093
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10095
10096 ;;;***
10097 \f
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20707
10099 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10101
10102 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10103 Create an empty ewoc.
10104
10105 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10106
10107 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10108 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10109 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10110 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10111 `insert-before-markers'.
10112
10113 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10114 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10115 respectively, of the ewoc.
10116
10117 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10118 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10119 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10120
10121 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10122
10123 ;;;***
10124 \f
10125 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10126 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10127 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10128 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10130
10131 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10132 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10133 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10134
10135 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10138 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10139 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10140 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10141 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10142
10143 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10146 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10147 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10148 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10149 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10150 executable.
10151
10152 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10153
10154 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10155 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10156 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10157
10158 \(fn)" t nil)
10159
10160 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10161 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10162 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10163 file modes.
10164
10165 \(fn)" nil nil)
10166
10167 ;;;***
10168 \f
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10170 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10173
10174 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10175 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10176 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10177 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10178
10179 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10180
10181 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10182 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10183 to generate such functions.
10184
10185 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10186 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10187 beginning of the expanded text.
10188
10189 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10190 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10191 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10192 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10193
10194 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10195
10196 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10197
10198 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10199 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10200 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10201
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10203
10204 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10205 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10206 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10207
10208 \(fn)" t nil)
10209
10210 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10211 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10212 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10213
10214 \(fn)" t nil)
10215 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10216 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10217
10218 ;;;***
10219 \f
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20707 18685
10221 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10223
10224 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10225 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10226 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10227
10228 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10229 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10230 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10231
10232 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10233
10234 Key definitions:
10235 \\{f90-mode-map}
10236
10237 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10238
10239 `f90-do-indent'
10240 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10241 `f90-if-indent'
10242 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10243 `f90-type-indent'
10244 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10245 `f90-program-indent'
10246 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10247 (default 2).
10248 `f90-associate-indent'
10249 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10250 `f90-critical-indent'
10251 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10252 `f90-continuation-indent'
10253 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10254 `f90-comment-region'
10255 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10256 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10257 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10258 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10259 (default \"!\").
10260 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10261 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10262 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10263 `f90-break-delimiters'
10264 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10265 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10266 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10267 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10268 (default t).
10269 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10270 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10271 `f90-smart-end'
10272 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10273 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10274 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10275 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10276 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10277 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10278 `f90-leave-line-no'
10279 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10280
10281 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10282 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10283
10284 \(fn)" t nil)
10285
10286 ;;;***
10287 \f
10288 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10289 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10290 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10291 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20707
10292 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10294
10295 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10296 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10297 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10298 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10299
10300 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10301 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10302 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10303 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10304 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10305
10306 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10307 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10308 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10309 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10310 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10311 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10312 attributes.
10313
10314 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10315 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10316
10317 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10318
10319 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10320 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10321 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10322 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10323
10324 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10325
10326 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10327 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10328 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10329 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10330
10331 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10332 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10333 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10334
10335 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10336 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10337 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10338 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10339
10340 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10341
10342 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10343 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10344 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10345
10346 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10347 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10348 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10349 the same amount).
10350
10351 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10354 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10355 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10356
10357 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10358 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10359 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10360 will remove any scaling currently active.
10361
10362 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10365 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10366 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10367
10368 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10369 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10370 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10372 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10373
10374 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10375 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10376
10377 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10378
10379 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10380 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10381
10382 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10383 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10384 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10385
10386 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10387 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10388 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10389
10390 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10391
10392 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10393 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10394 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10395 will remove any scaling currently active.
10396
10397 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10398 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10399 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10400 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10401 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10402
10403 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10404
10405 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10406 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10408 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10409 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10410 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10411
10412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10415 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10416 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10417 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10418 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10419 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10420 `buffer-face-mode'.
10421
10422 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10423 local, and sets it to FACE.
10424
10425 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10428 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10429 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10430 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10431 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10432 `face' text property.
10433
10434 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10435 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10436 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10437 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10438
10439 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10440 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10441
10442 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10443
10444 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10445 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10446 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10447 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10448
10449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10450
10451 ;;;***
10452 \f
10453 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10454 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10455 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20627 28531
10456 ;;;;;; 447943 0))
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10458
10459 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10460 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10461 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10462 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10463
10464 \(fn)" nil nil)
10465
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10467 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10468
10469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10470
10471 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10472 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10473 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10474 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10475
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10479 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10480 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10481 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10482 backup file names and the like).
10483
10484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10487 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10488 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10489 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10490 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10491 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10492 internally by feedmail):
10493
10494 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10495 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10496 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10497 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10498
10499 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10500 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10501 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10502 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10503 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10504
10505 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10506
10507 ;;;***
10508 \f
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10510 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10511 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10513
10514 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10515 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10516 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10517 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10518 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10519 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10520 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10521
10522 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10525 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10526 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10527 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10528 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10529 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10530 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10531
10532 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10533
10534 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10535
10536 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10537 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10538 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10539 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10540 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10541 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10542
10543 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10546 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10547 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10548 Return value:
10549 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10550 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10551 * otherwise, nil
10552
10553 \(fn E)" t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10556 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10557 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10558
10559 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Try to get a file name at point.
10563 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10564
10565 \(fn)" nil nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10568 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10569
10570 \(fn)" t nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10576 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10577 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10579
10580 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10581 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10582 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10583 be added to the cache.
10584
10585 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10588 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10589 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10590 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10591 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10592
10593 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10594
10595 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10596 Add FILE to the file cache.
10597
10598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10601 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10602 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10603
10604 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10607 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10608 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10609
10610 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10613 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10614 This function does not use any external programs.
10615 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10616 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10617 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10618
10619 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10620
10621 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10622 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10623 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10624 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10625 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10626 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10627 \(directories) is done.
10628
10629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10630
10631 ;;;***
10632 \f
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10634 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10635 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10636 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10637 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20707 18685
10638 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10640
10641 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10642 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10643
10644 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10645 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10646 Local Variables list.
10647
10648 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10649 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10650 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10651
10652 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10653
10654 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10655 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10656
10657 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10658
10659 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10660 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10661
10662 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10663 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10664 the -*- line.
10665
10666 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10667 then this function adds it.
10668
10669 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10670
10671 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10672 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10673
10674 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10677 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10678
10679 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10682 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10683
10684 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10687 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10688
10689 \(fn)" t nil)
10690
10691 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10692 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10693
10694 \(fn)" t nil)
10695
10696 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10697 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10698
10699 \(fn)" t nil)
10700
10701 ;;;***
10702 \f
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20707
10704 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10706
10707 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10708 Filesets initialization.
10709 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10710
10711 \(fn)" nil nil)
10712
10713 ;;;***
10714 \f
10715 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20707 18685
10716 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10717 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10720 Initiate the building of a find command.
10721 For example:
10722
10723 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10724 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10725 (mtime \"+1\"))
10726 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10727
10728 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10729 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10730
10731 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10732
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10736 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10738
10739 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10740 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10741 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10742
10743 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10744
10745 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10746 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10747
10748 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10749
10750 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10751 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10752 and run dired on those files.
10753 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10754 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10755
10756 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10757
10758 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10759
10760 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10761 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10762 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10763
10764 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10765 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10766
10767 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10768 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10769
10770 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10771
10772 ;;;***
10773 \f
10774 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10775 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10776 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10777 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10778
10779 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10780 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10781 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10782 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10783 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10784 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10785 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10786
10787 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10788
10789 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10790 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10791 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10792
10793 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10794
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10796
10797 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10798
10799 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10800 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10801 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10802
10803 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10804 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10805
10806 Variables of interest include:
10807
10808 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10809 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10810 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10811
10812 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10813 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10814 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10815
10816 - `ff-ignore-include'
10817 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10818
10819 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10820 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10821
10822 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10823 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10824
10825 - `ff-special-constructs'
10826 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10827 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10828 extracting the filename from that construct.
10829
10830 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10831 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10832
10833 - `ff-search-directories'
10834 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10835 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10836
10837 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10838 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10839
10840 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10841 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10842
10843 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10844 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10845
10846 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10847 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10848
10849 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10850 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10851
10852 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10855 Visit the file you click on.
10856
10857 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10860 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10861
10862 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10863
10864 ;;;***
10865 \f
10866 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10867 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10868 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10869 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10870 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10871 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10872 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10876 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10877 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10878
10879 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10882 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10883 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10884 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10885
10886 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10887 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10888 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10889 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10890
10891 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10894 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10895
10896 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10897 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10898 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10899 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10900
10901 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10902 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10903 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10904
10905 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10906 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10907 in `load-path'.
10908
10909 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10912 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10913
10914 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10915 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10916 places point before the definition.
10917 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10918
10919 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10920 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10921 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10922
10923 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10927
10928 See `find-function' for more details.
10929
10930 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10934
10935 See `find-function' for more details.
10936
10937 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10940 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10941
10942 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10943 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10944 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10945
10946 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948
10949 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10952 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10953
10954 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10955 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10956 places point before the definition.
10957
10958 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10959
10960 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10961 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10963
10964 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10967 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10968
10969 See `find-variable' for more details.
10970
10971 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10974 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10975
10976 See `find-variable' for more details.
10977
10978 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10981 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10982 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10983 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10984 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10985 buffer nor display it.
10986
10987 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10988 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10989
10990 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10993 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10994
10995 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10996 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10997 places point before the definition.
10998
10999 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11000
11001 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11002 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11003 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11004
11005 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11008 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11009 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11010
11011 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11012
11013 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11014 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11015
11016 \(fn)" t nil)
11017
11018 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11019 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11020
11021 \(fn)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11024 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11025
11026 \(fn)" nil nil)
11027
11028 ;;;***
11029 \f
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11031 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20707 18685
11032 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11034
11035 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11036 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11037
11038 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11039
11040 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11041 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11042
11043 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11044
11045 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11046 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11047
11048 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11049
11050 ;;;***
11051 \f
11052 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11053 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11055
11056 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11057 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11058
11059 \(fn)" t nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11062 Display FILE's commentary section.
11063 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11064
11065 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11068 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11069
11070 \(fn)" t nil)
11071
11072 ;;;***
11073 \f
11074 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11075 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11077
11078 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11079 Toggle flow control handling.
11080 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11081 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11082
11083 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11084
11085 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11086 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11087 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11088 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11089 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11090 to get the effect of a C-q.
11091
11092 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11097 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11099
11100 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11101
11102
11103 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11104
11105 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11106
11107
11108 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11109
11110 ;;;***
11111 \f
11112 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11113 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20707 18685
11114 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11116
11117 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11118 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11120 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11121 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11122
11123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11124
11125 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11126 Turn flymake mode on.
11127
11128 \(fn)" nil nil)
11129
11130 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11131 Turn flymake mode off.
11132
11133 \(fn)" nil nil)
11134
11135 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11136
11137
11138 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139
11140 ;;;***
11141 \f
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11143 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11144 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11146
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11148 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11149
11150 \(fn)" t nil)
11151 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11152
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11154 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11156 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11157 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11158
11159 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11160 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11161 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11162
11163 Bindings:
11164 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11165 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11166 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11167 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11168
11169 Hooks:
11170 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11171
11172 Remark:
11173 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11174 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11175 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11176
11177 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11178 consider adding:
11179 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11180 in your init file.
11181
11182 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11183 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11184
11185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11188 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11189
11190 \(fn)" nil nil)
11191
11192 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11193 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11194
11195 \(fn)" nil nil)
11196
11197 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11198 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11199
11200 \(fn)" nil nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11203 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11204
11205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11208 Flyspell whole buffer.
11209
11210 \(fn)" t nil)
11211
11212 ;;;***
11213 \f
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11215 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11218
11219 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11220 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11221
11222 \(fn)" nil nil)
11223
11224 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11225 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11226
11227 \(fn)" nil nil)
11228
11229 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11230 Toggle Follow mode.
11231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11234
11235 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11236 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11237
11238 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11239 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11240 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11241
11242 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11243 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11244 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11245 movement commands.
11246
11247 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11248 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11249 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11250 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11251 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11252 mileage may vary).
11253
11254 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11255 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11256
11257 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11258
11259 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11260
11261 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11262 \\{follow-mode-map}
11263
11264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11267 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11268
11269 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11270 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11271 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11272 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11273 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11274 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11275
11276 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11277 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11278 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11279
11280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20707
11285 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11287
11288 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11289 Toggle Footnote mode.
11290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11292 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11293
11294 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11295 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11296 play around with the following keys:
11297 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11298
11299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11300
11301 ;;;***
11302 \f
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11304 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11306
11307 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11308 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11309
11310 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11311 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11312 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11313 C-c < forms-first-record <
11314 C-c > forms-last-record >
11315 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11316 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11317 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11318 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11319 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11320 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11321 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11322 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11323 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11324 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11325
11326 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11327
11328 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11329 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11330
11331 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11332
11333 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11334 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11335
11336 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11337
11338 ;;;***
11339 \f
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11341 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11343
11344 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11345 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11346 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11347
11348 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11349 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11350
11351 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11352
11353 Key definitions:
11354 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11355
11356 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11357
11358 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11359 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11360 `fortran-do-indent'
11361 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11362 `fortran-if-indent'
11363 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11364 `fortran-structure-indent'
11365 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11366 (default 3)
11367 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11368 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11369 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11370 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11371 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11372 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11373 nil don't change the indentation
11374 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11375 value of either
11376 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11377 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11378 depending on the continuation format in use.
11379 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11380 indentation for a line of code.
11381 (default 'fixed)
11382 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11383 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11384 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11385 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11386 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11387 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11388 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11389 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11390 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11391 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11392 column 5.
11393 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11394 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11395 statements (default nil).
11396 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11397 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11398 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11399 `fortran-continuation-string'
11400 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11401 line (default \"$\").
11402 `fortran-comment-region'
11403 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11404 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11405 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11406 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11407 as typed (default t).
11408 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11409 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11410
11411 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11412 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11413
11414 \(fn)" t nil)
11415
11416 ;;;***
11417 \f
11418 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11419 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20707 18685
11420 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11422
11423 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11424 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11425
11426 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11427 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11428
11429 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11430
11431 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11432 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11433
11434 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11435 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11436
11437 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11438
11439 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11440 Compile fortune file.
11441
11442 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11443 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11444
11445 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11446
11447 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11448 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11449
11450 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11451 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11452 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11453 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11454
11455 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11456
11457 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11458 Display a fortune cookie.
11459 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11460 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11461 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11462 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11463
11464 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11465
11466 ;;;***
11467 \f
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11469 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11471
11472 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11473 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11474 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11475
11476 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11477
11478 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11479 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11480 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11481 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11482 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11483 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11484 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11485
11486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11487
11488 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11489 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11490 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11491 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11492
11493 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11494 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11495 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11496 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11497 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11498
11499 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11500 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11501 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11502 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11503
11504 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11505 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11506 shown in some of the buffers.
11507
11508 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11509
11510 The following commands help control operation :
11511
11512 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11513 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11514
11515 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11516 detailed description of this mode.
11517
11518
11519 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11520 | GDB Toolbar |
11521 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11522 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11523 | | |
11524 | | |
11525 | | |
11526 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11527 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11528 | | (comint-mode) |
11529 | | |
11530 | | |
11531 | | |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 | | |
11535 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11536 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11537 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11538 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11539 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11540 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11541
11542 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11543
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11547 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20707
11548 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11550
11551 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11552 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11553 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11554 instead (which see).")
11555
11556 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11557 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11558
11559 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11560 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11561 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11562 documentation string instead.
11563
11564 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11565 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11566 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11567 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11568 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11569 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11570 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11571 enders are actually possible.
11572
11573 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11574 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11575
11576 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11577 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11578 `font-lock-keywords'.
11579
11580 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11581 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11582 runs the macro expansion.
11583
11584 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11585 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11586 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11587
11588 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11589
11590 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11591
11592 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11593
11594 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11595
11596 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11597 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11598
11599 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11600
11601 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11602 Enter generic mode MODE.
11603
11604 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11605 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11606 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11607
11608 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11609 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11610
11611 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11612
11613 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11614 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11615 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11616 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11617 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11618 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11619 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11620 `font-lock-keywords'.
11621
11622 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11623
11624 ;;;***
11625 \f
11626 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11627 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11629
11630 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11631 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11634 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11635 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11636
11637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11642 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11643 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11645
11646 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11647 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11648 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11649
11650 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11651
11652 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11653 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11654
11655 Guideline for numbers:
11656 1 - error messages
11657 3 - non-serious error messages
11658 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11659 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11660 9 - messages inside loops.
11661
11662 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11663
11664 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11665 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11666 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11667
11668 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11669
11670 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11671 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11672
11673 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11674
11675 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11676 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11677
11678 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11679 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11680 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11681 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11682 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11683 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11684
11685 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11686 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11687 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11688 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11689 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11690
11691 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11692
11693 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11694
11695 ;;;***
11696 \f
11697 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11698 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20707 18685
11699 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11701 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11702 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11703
11704 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11705 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11706
11707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11708
11709 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11710 Read network news.
11711 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11712 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11713 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11714 name of an NNTP server to use.
11715 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11716 server.
11717
11718 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11721 Read news as a slave.
11722
11723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11726 Pop up a frame to read news.
11727 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11728 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11729 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11730 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11731 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11732 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11733 current display is used.
11734
11735 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11738 Read network news.
11739 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11740 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11741 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11742
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11744
11745 ;;;***
11746 \f
11747 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11748 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11749 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11750 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11752 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11754
11755 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Start Gnus unplugged.
11757
11758 \(fn)" t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Start Gnus plugged.
11762
11763 \(fn)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11766 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11767
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11772
11773 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11774 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11775 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11776
11777 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11778 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11779 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11780
11781 \(fn)" t nil)
11782
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11785
11786 \(fn)" nil nil)
11787
11788 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11789 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11790 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11791 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11792 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11793 supported.
11794
11795 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11796
11797 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11799 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11800 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11801 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11802 supported.
11803
11804 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11808
11809 \(fn)" nil nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11813 downloaded into the agent.
11814
11815 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11816
11817 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11819 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11820 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11821
11822 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11826
11827 \(fn)" t nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11830 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11831
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11836 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11837
11838 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11839
11840 ;;;***
11841 \f
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11843 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11845
11846 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11847 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11848
11849 \(fn)" nil nil)
11850
11851 ;;;***
11852 \f
11853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11854 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20707 18685 911514
11855 ;;;;;; 0))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11859 Set a bookmark for this article.
11860
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11862
11863 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11864 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11865
11866 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11869 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11870 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11871 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11872 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11873
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11875
11876 ;;;***
11877 \f
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20707
11881 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11885 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11886
11887 Usage:
11888 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11889
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11891
11892 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11893 Generate the cache active file.
11894
11895 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11898 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11899
11900 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11904 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11905 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11906 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11907 supported.
11908
11909 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11910
11911 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11912 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11913 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11914 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11915 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11916 supported.
11917
11918 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11919
11920 ;;;***
11921 \f
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11923 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11925
11926 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11927 Delay this article by some time.
11928 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11929
11930 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11931 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11932
11933 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11934 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11935
11936 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11937 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11938
11939 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11942 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11943
11944 \(fn)" t nil)
11945
11946 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11948 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11949 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11950
11951 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11952 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11953
11954 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11955
11956 ;;;***
11957 \f
11958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11959 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11961
11962 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11963
11964
11965 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11968
11969
11970 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11975 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11977
11978 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11979 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11980
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11982
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11986 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11988
11989 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11990 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 ;;;***
11995 \f
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11998 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20707
11999 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12003 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12004
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12006
12007 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12008 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12009
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12014
12015 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12016 different input formats.
12017
12018 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12019
12020 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12021 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12022
12023 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12024 different input formats.
12025
12026 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12030 The PNG is returned as a string.
12031
12032 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12033
12034 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12035 Convert FILE to a Face.
12036 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12037 726 bytes.
12038
12039 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12040
12041 ;;;***
12042 \f
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12044 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20707 18685 911514
12045 ;;;;;; 0))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12049 Display gravatar in the From header.
12050 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12051
12052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12053
12054 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12055 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12056 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12059
12060 ;;;***
12061 \f
12062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12063 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20763 5110 492774 0))
12064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12067 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12068 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12069 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12070
12071 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12074 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12075
12076 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12077
12078 ;;;***
12079 \f
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12083
12084 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12085
12086
12087 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12090
12091
12092 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12093
12094 ;;;***
12095 \f
12096 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12097 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12099
12100 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12101
12102 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12103 Run batched scoring.
12104 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12105
12106 \(fn)" t nil)
12107
12108 ;;;***
12109 \f
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12111 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12112 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12114
12115 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12116
12117
12118 \(fn)" nil nil)
12119
12120 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12121 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12122 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12123
12124 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12127 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12128
12129 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12130
12131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12136 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12139
12140 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12141 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12142 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12143 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12144 group parameters.
12145
12146 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12147 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12148 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12149 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12150
12151 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12152 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12153 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12154 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12155 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12156 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12157 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12158 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12159 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12160 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12165 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12166 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12167 nil CATCH-ALL).
12168
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12170 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12171
12172 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12176 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12177
12178 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12179
12180 \(fn)" nil nil)
12181
12182 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12183 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12184 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12185
12186 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12187
12188 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12189 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12190 existing groups are considered.
12191
12192 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12193 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12194 returned.
12195
12196 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12197 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12198 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12199 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12200 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12201 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12202 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12203 clauses will be generated.
12204
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12206 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12207 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12208 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12209 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12210 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12211
12212 For example, given the following group parameters:
12213
12214 nnml:mail.bar:
12215 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12216 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12217 nnml:mail.foo:
12218 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12219 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12220 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12221 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12222 nnml:mail.others:
12223 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12224
12225 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12226
12227 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12228 \"mail.bar\")
12229 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12230 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12231 \"mail.others\")
12232
12233 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12234
12235 ;;;***
12236 \f
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12238 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12240
12241 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12243 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12244 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12245 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12246 instead.
12247
12248 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12249
12250 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12251 Mail to ADDRESS.
12252
12253 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12254
12255 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Like `message-reply'.
12257
12258 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12259
12260 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12265 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12267
12268 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12269 Send a notification on new message.
12270 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12271 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12272 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12273
12274 This is typically a function to add in
12275 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12276
12277 \(fn)" nil nil)
12278
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12282 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12283 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12285
12286 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12287 Display picons in the From header.
12288 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12293 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12294 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12295
12296 \(fn)" t nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12299 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12300 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12301
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12303
12304 ;;;***
12305 \f
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12307 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12308 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12309 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12310 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12312
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12314 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12315 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12316 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12317
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12322 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12323 LIST1 is modified.
12324
12325 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12328 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12329 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12330
12331 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12332
12333 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12334
12335
12336 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12337
12338 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12339 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12340 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12341
12342 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12343
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12346 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12347
12348 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12349
12350 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12351
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12354 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12355
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12360 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12361
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12366 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12367
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12371 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12372
12373 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12374
12375 ;;;***
12376 \f
12377 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12378 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20707 18685 911514
12379 ;;;;;; 0))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12381
12382 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12383 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12384
12385 \(fn)" t nil)
12386
12387 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12388 Install the registry hooks.
12389
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12391
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12395 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20707
12396 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12398
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12400 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12401 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12402 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12403 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12404 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12405
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12410 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12411 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12412 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12413
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12417
12418
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12420
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12424 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12426
12427 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12428 Update the format specification near point.
12429
12430 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12431
12432 ;;;***
12433 \f
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12435 ;;;;;; (20763 5110 492774 0))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12437
12438 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12439 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12440
12441 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12442
12443 ;;;***
12444 \f
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12446 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12448
12449 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12450 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12451 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12452
12453 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12454
12455 ;;;***
12456 \f
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12458 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12460
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12462 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12463
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12465
12466 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12467 Install the sync hooks.
12468
12469 \(fn)" t nil)
12470
12471 ;;;***
12472 \f
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12474 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12476
12477 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12478 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12479
12480 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12481
12482 ;;;***
12483 \f
12484 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12485 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12487
12488 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12489 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12490 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12491 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12492 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12493 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12494
12495 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12496
12497 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20707 18685
12502 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12504
12505 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12506 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12507
12508 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12509 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12510 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12511
12512 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12513 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12514 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12515
12516 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12517 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12518
12519 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12520 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12521
12522 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12523
12524 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12525
12526 ;;;***
12527 \f
12528 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12529 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20765
12530 ;;;;;; 6822 917289 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12532
12533 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12534
12535 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12536 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12537 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12538 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12539 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12540
12541 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12542
12543 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12544 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12545 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12546 or to send e-mail.
12547 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12548 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12549
12550 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12551 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12552
12553 \(fn)" t nil)
12554 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12555
12556 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12557 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12559 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12560 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12561
12562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12563
12564 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12565 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12566
12567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12568
12569 ;;;***
12570 \f
12571 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12572 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12574
12575 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12576 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12577 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12578
12579 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12580
12581 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12582 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12583
12584 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12585
12586 ;;;***
12587 \f
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12589 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12590 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20707 18685
12591 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
12592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12593
12594 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12595 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12596
12597 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12598
12599 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12600 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12601 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12602 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12603 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12604
12605 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12606 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12607 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12608
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12610
12611 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12612 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12613 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12614 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12615 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12616
12617 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12618
12619 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12620 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12621
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12623
12624 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12625 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12626
12627 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12628 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12629 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12630
12631 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12632 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12633 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12634
12635 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12636 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12637 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12638 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12639
12640 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12641 How to invoke find and grep.
12642 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12643 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12644 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12645 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12646
12647 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12648
12649 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12650 History list for grep.")
12651
12652 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12653 History list for grep-find.")
12654
12655 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12656 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12657 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12658
12659 \(fn)" nil nil)
12660
12661 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12662
12663
12664 \(fn)" nil nil)
12665
12666 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12667 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12668
12669 \(fn)" nil nil)
12670
12671 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12672 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12673 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12674 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12675 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12676
12677 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12678 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12679
12680 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12681 can easily repeat a grep command.
12682
12683 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12684 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12685 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12686 list is empty).
12687
12688 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12689
12690 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12691 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12692 Collect output in a buffer.
12693 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12694 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12695
12696 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12697 easily repeat a find command.
12698
12699 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12700
12701 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12702
12703 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12704 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12705 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12706 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12707 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12708
12709 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12710 before it is executed.
12711 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12712
12713 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12714 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12715 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12716
12717 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12718
12719 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12722 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12723 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12724 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12725 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12726
12727 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12728 before it is executed.
12729 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12730
12731 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12732 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12733 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12734 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12735
12736 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12737
12738 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12739 to specify a command to run.
12740
12741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12742
12743 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12744 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12745 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12746 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12747
12748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12749
12750 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12751
12752 ;;;***
12753 \f
12754 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20707 18685 911514
12755 ;;;;;; 0))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12757
12758 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12759 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12760 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12761 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12762 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12763
12764 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12765
12766 ;;;***
12767 \f
12768 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12769 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20712 38790
12770 ;;;;;; 413794 0))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12772
12773 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12774 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12776 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12777
12778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12781 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12784
12785 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12788 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12789 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12790 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12791
12792 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12793
12794 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12795 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12796 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12797 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12798
12799 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12800 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12801
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803
12804 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12805 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12806 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12807 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810
12811 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12812 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12813 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12814 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12815
12816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12819 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12820 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12821 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12822 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12823
12824 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12825 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12826 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12827 original source file access method.
12828
12829 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12830 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12831
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12833
12834 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12835 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12836
12837 \(fn)" t nil)
12838
12839 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12840 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12841 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12844 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12845
12846 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12847
12848 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12849 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12852 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12853
12854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12855
12856 ;;;***
12857 \f
12858 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12859 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12860 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12862
12863 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12864 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12865 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12866 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12867 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12868 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12869 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12870 set it to.
12871 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12872
12873 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12874
12875 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12876 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12877 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12878 of PLACE.
12879 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12880 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12881 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12882 and SETTER.
12883 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12884 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12885
12886 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12887
12888 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12889
12890 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12891 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12892 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12893 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12894 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12895
12896 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12897
12898 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12899
12900 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12901
12902
12903 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12904
12905 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12906
12907 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12908
12909 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12910 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12911 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12912 well for simple place forms.
12913 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12914 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12915 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12916 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12917 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12918 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12919 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12920
12921 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12922
12923 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12924
12925 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12926 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12927 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12928 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12929 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12930
12931 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12932 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12933 (let ((temp VAL))
12934 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12935 temp)
12936 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12937
12938 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12939
12940 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12941 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12942 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12943 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12944 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12945 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12946
12947 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12948
12949 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12950
12951 ;;;***
12952 \f
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20707
12954 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12956
12957 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12958 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12959 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12960 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12961
12962 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12963 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12964 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12965 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12966
12967 \(fn)" t nil)
12968
12969 ;;;***
12970 \f
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12972 ;;;;;; (20627 28531 447943 0))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12974
12975 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12977
12978 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12979
12980 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12981 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12982 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12983 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12984
12985 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12986
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12988
12989 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12990 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12991 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12992 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12993 to be updated.
12994
12995 \(fn)" t nil)
12996
12997 ;;;***
12998 \f
12999 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13000 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13001 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13003
13004 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13005 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13006
13007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13008
13009 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13010 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13011 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13012
13013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13014
13015 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13016 Verify a hashcash payment
13017
13018 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13019
13020 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13021 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13022 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13023 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13024 `mail-add-payment-async').
13025
13026 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13027
13028 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13029 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13030 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13031 Calculation is asynchronous.
13032
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13034
13035 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13036 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13037 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13038
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13040
13041 ;;;***
13042 \f
13043 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13044 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13045 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13046 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20707 18685
13047 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13049
13050 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13051 Return the help-echo string at point.
13052 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13053 property, or nil, is returned.
13054 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13055 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13056 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13057
13058 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13059
13060 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13061 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13062 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13063 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13064 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13065
13066 \(fn)" nil nil)
13067
13068 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13069 Display local help in the echo area.
13070 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13071 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13072 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13073 printed instead.
13074
13075 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13076 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13077 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13078
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13080
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13083 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13084
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13086
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13089 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13090
13091 \(fn)" t nil)
13092
13093 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13094 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13095 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13096 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13097 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13098 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13099 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13100 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13101 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13102 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13103 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13104
13105 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13106 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13107 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13108 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13109 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13110
13111 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13112 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13113 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13114 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13115 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13116 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13117 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13118 The default is `never'.")
13119
13120 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13121
13122 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13123 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13124 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13125 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13126 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13127 considered different regions.
13128
13129 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13130 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13131 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13132 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13133 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13134 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13135 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13136 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13137 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13138
13139 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13140
13141 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13142 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13143 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13144 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13145 different regions.
13146
13147 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13148 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13149 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13150 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13151 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13152 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13153 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13154 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13155
13156 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13157 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13158 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13159 rarely happens in practice.
13160
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162
13163 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13164 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13165 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13166 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13167 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13168 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13169
13170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13171
13172 ;;;***
13173 \f
13174 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13175 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13176 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13177 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13178 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13179
13180 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13181 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13182
13183 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13184
13185 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13186 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13187 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13188
13189 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13190
13191 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13192 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13193 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13194 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13195 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13196 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13197 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13198 search for a function definition.
13199
13200 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13201 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13202 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13203 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13204 suitable file is found, return nil.
13205
13206 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13207
13208 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13209
13210
13211 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13214 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13215 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13216 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13217
13218 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13219
13220 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13221 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13222 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13223 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13224 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13225 it is displayed along with the global value.
13226
13227 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13230 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13231 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13232 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13233
13234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13235
13236 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13237 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13238 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13239 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13240 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13241
13242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13243
13244 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13245 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13246
13247 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13248
13249 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13250 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13251
13252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13253
13254 ;;;***
13255 \f
13256 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13257 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13259
13260 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13261 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13262 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13263 window listing and describing the options.
13264 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13265 gives the window that lists the options.")
13266
13267 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13268
13269 ;;;***
13270 \f
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13272 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13273 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13274 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13275 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13276
13277 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13278 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13279 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13280 Commands:
13281 \\{help-mode-map}
13282
13283 \(fn)" t nil)
13284
13285 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13286
13287
13288 \(fn)" nil nil)
13289
13290 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13291
13292
13293 \(fn)" nil nil)
13294
13295 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13296 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13297
13298 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13299 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13300 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13301 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13302
13303 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13304 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13305 restore it properly when going back.
13306
13307 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13308
13309 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13310 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13311 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13312 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13313 from `help-mode'.
13314 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13315 it does not already exist.
13316
13317 \(fn)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13320 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13321
13322 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13323 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13324 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13325 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13326 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13327 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13328 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13329 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13330
13331 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13332 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13333 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13334 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13335
13336 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13337 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13338 that.
13339
13340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13341
13342 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13343 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13344 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13345 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13346 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13347 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13348
13349 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13350
13351 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13352 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13353 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13354 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13355 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13356
13357 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13358
13359 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13360 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13361
13362 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13363
13364 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13365 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13366 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13367 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13368
13369 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13370
13371 ;;;***
13372 \f
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13376
13377 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13378 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13379
13380 \(fn)" t nil)
13381
13382 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13383 Provide help for current mode.
13384
13385 \(fn)" t nil)
13386
13387 ;;;***
13388 \f
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13390 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20763 5110 492774 0))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13392
13393 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13394 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13395 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13396 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13397 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13398
13399 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13400 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13401
13402 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13403 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13404 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13405 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13406
13407 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13408 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13409 periods.
13410
13411 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13412 in hexl format.
13413
13414 A sample format:
13415
13416 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13417 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13418 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13419 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13420 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13421 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13422 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13423 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13424 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13425 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13426 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13427 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13428 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13429 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13430 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13431
13432 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13433 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13434 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13435
13436 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13437 also supported.
13438
13439 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13440
13441 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13442 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13443 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13444
13445 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13446 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13447 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13448
13449 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13450 into the buffer at the current point.
13451
13452 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13453 into the buffer at the current point.
13454
13455 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13456 into the buffer at the current point.
13457
13458 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13459
13460 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13461 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13462
13463 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13464
13465 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13466
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13468
13469 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13470 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13471 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13472 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13473
13474 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13475
13476 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13477 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13478 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13479
13480 \(fn)" t nil)
13481
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13485 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13486 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13487 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13489
13490 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13491 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13495
13496 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13497 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13498 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13499 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13500
13501 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13502 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13503 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13504 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13505
13506 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13507 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13508 which can be called interactively, are:
13509
13510 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13511 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13512
13513 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13514 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13515 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13516 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13517
13518 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13519 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13520
13521 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13522 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13523
13524 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13525 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13526 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13527 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13528 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13529 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13530 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13531 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13532 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13533 function returns t.
13534
13535 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13536 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13537
13538 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13539 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13540 form:
13541 Hi-lock: FOO
13542
13543 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13544 position (number of characters into buffer)
13545 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13546 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13547 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13548
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13552 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13553 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13556 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13557
13558 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13559
13560 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13561 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13562 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13563 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13564 ARG is omitted or nil.
13565
13566 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13567 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13568 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13569
13570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13571
13572 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13573
13574 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13575 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13576 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13577 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13578
13579 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13580 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13581 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13582 updated as you type.
13583
13584 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13585
13586 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13587
13588 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13589 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13590 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13591 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13592
13593 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13594 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13595 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13596 updated as you type.
13597
13598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13599
13600 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13601
13602 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13603 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13604 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13605 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13606
13607 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13608 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13609 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13610 updated as you type.
13611
13612 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13613
13614 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13615
13616 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13617 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13618 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13619 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13620
13621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13622
13623 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13624 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13625
13626 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13627 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13628 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13629
13630 \(fn)" t nil)
13631
13632 ;;;***
13633 \f
13634 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13635 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13637
13638 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13639 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13643
13644 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13645 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13646 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13647 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13648
13649 `hide-ifdef-env'
13650 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13651 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13652 is used.
13653
13654 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13655 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13656 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13657 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13659
13660 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13661 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13662 #endif lines when hiding.
13663
13664 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13665 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13666 is activated.
13667
13668 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13669 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13670 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13671
13672 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13673
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13675
13676 ;;;***
13677 \f
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13679 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13681
13682 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13683 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13684 Each element has the form
13685 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13686
13687 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13688 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13689
13690 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13691 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13692
13693 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13694 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13695 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13696 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13697 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13698 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13699
13700 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13701 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13702
13703 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13704 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13705
13706 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13707 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13708 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13709
13710 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13711 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13714 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13715
13716 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13717 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13718 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13719
13720 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13721 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13722 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13723
13724 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13725 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13726
13727 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13728
13729 Key bindings:
13730 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13731
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13733
13734 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13735 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13736
13737 \(fn)" nil nil)
13738
13739 ;;;***
13740 \f
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13742 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13743 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13744 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13745 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20707
13746 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13748
13749 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13750 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13752 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13753 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13754
13755 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13756 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13757 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13758 this on and off.
13759
13760 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13761 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13762 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13763 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13764 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13765 through various faces.
13766 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13767 buffer with the contents of a file
13768 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13769
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13771
13772 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13773 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13775 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13776 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13777
13778 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13779 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13780 in a distinctive face.
13781
13782 The default value can be customized with variable
13783 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13784
13785 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13786
13787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13788
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13791 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13792
13793 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13794
13795 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13796 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13797
13798 \(fn)" t nil)
13799
13800 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13801 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13802
13803 \(fn)" t nil)
13804
13805 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13806 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13807
13808 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13809 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13810 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13811 shown in the last face in the list.
13812
13813 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13814 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13815 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13816
13817 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13818
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13820
13821 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13823
13824 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13825
13826 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13827 to save the file.
13828
13829 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13830 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13831
13832 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13833 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13834 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13835
13836 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13837
13838 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13839 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13840
13841 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13842 this function is called interactively.
13843
13844 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13845 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13846 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13847
13848 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13849 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13850 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13851
13852 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13853
13854 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13855 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13856 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13859 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13860
13861 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13862
13863 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13864 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13865 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13866 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13867 ARG is omitted or nil.
13868
13869 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13870 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13871 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13872
13873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13874
13875 ;;;***
13876 \f
13877 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13878 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13879 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13880
13881 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13882 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13883 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13884 or insert functions in this list.")
13885
13886 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13887
13888 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13889 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13890 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13891 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13892 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13893 expansions.
13894 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13895 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13896 undoes the expansion.
13897
13898 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13901 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13902 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13903 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13904
13905 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13906
13907 ;;;***
13908 \f
13909 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13910 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13911 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13912
13913 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13914 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13916 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13917 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13918
13919 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13920 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13921 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13922 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13923 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13924 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13925
13926 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13927 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13928 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13929 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13930
13931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13932
13933 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13934 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13935 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13938 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13939
13940 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13941
13942 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13943 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13947
13948 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13949 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13950 windows.
13951
13952 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13953 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13954
13955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13956
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13960 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13961 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13962 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13963 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13965
13966 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13967
13968 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13969 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13971
13972 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13973
13974 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13975
13976 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13977
13978 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13979 Oriental holidays.
13980 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13981
13982 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13983
13984 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13985
13986 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13987
13988 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13989 Local holidays.
13990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13991
13992 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13993
13994 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13995
13996 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13997
13998 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13999 User defined holidays.
14000 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14001
14002 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14003
14004 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14005
14006 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14007 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14008
14009 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14010
14011 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14012 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14013
14014 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14015
14016 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14017 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14018
14019 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14020
14021 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14022 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14023
14024 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14025
14026 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14027
14028 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14029 Jewish holidays.
14030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14031
14032 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14033
14034 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14035
14036 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14037
14038 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14039 Christian holidays.
14040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14041
14042 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14043
14044 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14045
14046 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14047
14048 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14049 Islamic holidays.
14050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14051
14052 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14053
14054 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14055
14056 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14057
14058 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14059 Bahá'í holidays.
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14061
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14063
14064 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14065
14066 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14067
14068 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14069 Sun-related holidays.
14070 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14071
14072 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14073
14074 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14075
14076 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14077
14078 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14079 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14080 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14081 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14082
14083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14086 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14087 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14088 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14089 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14090
14091 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14092 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14093
14094 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14095 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14096
14097 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14098 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14099 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14100 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14101 of a holiday list.
14102
14103 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14104
14105 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14106
14107 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20707
14112 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14114
14115 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14116 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 ;;;***
14121 \f
14122 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14123 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14125
14126 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14127 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14128 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14129 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14130 as possible.
14131
14132 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14133 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14134 fontified display.
14135
14136 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14137 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14138
14139 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14140 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14141 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14142
14143 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14144
14145 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14146 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14147 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14148
14149 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14150
14151 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14152
14153 ;;;***
14154 \f
14155 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14156 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20707
14157 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14159
14160 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14161 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14162
14163 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14164 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14165 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14166
14167 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14168 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14169 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14170 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14171 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14172 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14173
14174 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14175 title of the column.
14176
14177 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14178 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14179 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14180 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14181 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14182
14183 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14184
14185 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14186 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14187 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14188 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14189 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14190
14191 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14192 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14193 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14194
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14196
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14199 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14200 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14201 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14202 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14203
14204 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14205 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14206 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14207 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14208 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14209 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14210 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14211 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14212 values are:
14213 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14214 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14215 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14216 buffer's modification flag.
14217 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14218 prompted before performing this operation.
14219 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14220 operation is complete, in the form:
14221 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14222 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14223 confirmation message, in the form:
14224 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14225 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14226 macro for exactly what it does.
14227
14228 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14229
14230 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14231 Define a filter named NAME.
14232 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14233 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14234 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14235
14236 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14237 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14238 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14239 bound to the current value of the filter.
14240
14241 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14242
14243 ;;;***
14244 \f
14245 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14246 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14247 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14248
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14250 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14251 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14252 buffers which are visiting a file.
14253
14254 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14257 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14258 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14259 buffers which are visiting a file.
14260
14261 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14264 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14265 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14266
14267 All arguments are optional.
14268 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14269 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14270 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14271 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14272 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14273 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14274 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14275 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14276 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14277 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14278 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14279 that value locally in this buffer.
14280
14281 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14282
14283 ;;;***
14284 \f
14285 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14286 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14287 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14289
14290 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14291 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14292 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14293 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14294
14295 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14296
14297 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14298 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14299 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14300 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14301 ICAL-FILENAME.
14302 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14303 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14304 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14305
14306 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14309 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14310 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14311 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14312 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14313 non-marking or not.
14314
14315 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14316
14317 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14318 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14319
14320 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14321 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14322 DIARY-FILE.
14323
14324 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14325 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14326 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14327
14328 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14329 non-marking.
14330
14331 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14332 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14333 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14334
14335 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14336
14337 ;;;***
14338 \f
14339 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20707
14340 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14342
14343 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14344 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14345 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14348 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14349
14350 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14351
14352 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14353 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14355 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14356 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14357
14358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14359
14360 ;;;***
14361 \f
14362 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20707 18685
14363 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
14364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14365
14366 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14367 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14368 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14369 Tab indents for Icon code.
14370 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14371 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14372 \\{icon-mode-map}
14373 Variables controlling indentation style:
14374 icon-tab-always-indent
14375 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14376 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14377 icon-auto-newline
14378 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14379 inserted in Icon code.
14380 icon-indent-level
14381 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14382 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14383 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14384 icon-continued-statement-offset
14385 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14386 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14387 icon-continued-brace-offset
14388 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14389 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14390 icon-brace-offset
14391 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14392 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14393 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14394 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14395
14396 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14397 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14398
14399 \(fn)" t nil)
14400
14401 ;;;***
14402 \f
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14404 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14406
14407 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14408 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14409 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14410 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14411
14412 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14413 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14414 separate frames.
14415
14416 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14417 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14418
14419 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14420 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14421 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14422
14423 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14424
14425 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14426
14427 ;;;***
14428 \f
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14430 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14432
14433 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14434 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14435
14436 The main features of this mode are
14437
14438 1. Indentation and Formatting
14439 --------------------------
14440 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14441 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14442
14443 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14444 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14445 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14446 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14447
14448 Comments are indented as follows:
14449
14450 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14451 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14452 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14453
14454 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14455
14456 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14457 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14458 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14459 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14460 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14461 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14462
14463 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14464 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14465 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14466 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14467
14468 2. Routine Info
14469 ------------
14470 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14471 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14472 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14473 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14474 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14475 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14476 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14477 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14478 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14479 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14480
14481 3. Online IDL Help
14482 ---------------
14483
14484 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14485 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14486 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14487 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14488
14489 4. Completion
14490 ----------
14491 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14492 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14493 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14494 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14495 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14496 upper case.
14497
14498 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14499 --------------------------------
14500 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14501 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14502
14503 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14504 \\fu FUNCTION template
14505 \\c CASE statement template
14506 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14507 \\f FOR loop template
14508 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14509 \\w WHILE loop template
14510 \\i IF statement template
14511 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14512 \\b BEGIN
14513
14514 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14515 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14516
14517 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14518 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14519 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14520 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14521
14522 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14523 -------------------------
14524 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14525 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14526
14527 7. Automatic END completion
14528 ------------------------
14529 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14530 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14531
14532 8. Hooks
14533 -----
14534 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14535 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14536
14537 9. Documentation and Customization
14538 -------------------------------
14539 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14540 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14541 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14542 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14543 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14544
14545 10.Keybindings
14546 -----------
14547 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14548 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14549 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14550
14551 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14552
14553 \(fn)" t nil)
14554
14555 ;;;***
14556 \f
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14558 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14559 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14560 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14561 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14562 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14563 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14564 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20707
14565 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14567
14568 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14569 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14570 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14571 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14572 displaying...)
14573 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14574 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14575 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14576
14577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14578 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14579
14580 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14581
14582 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14583 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14584 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14585 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14586 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14587 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14588 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14589 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14590 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14591
14592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14593
14594 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14595 Switch to another buffer.
14596 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14597 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14598 in another frame.
14599
14600 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14601 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14602 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14603 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14604 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14605
14606 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14607 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14608
14609 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14610
14611 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14612 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14613 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14614 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14615 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14616 in a separate window.
14617 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14618 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14619 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14620 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14621 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14622 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14623 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14624 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14625 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14626
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14628
14629 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14630 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14632 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633
14634 \(fn)" t nil)
14635
14636 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14637 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14642
14643 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14644 Kill a buffer.
14645 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14646 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647
14648 \(fn)" t nil)
14649
14650 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14651 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14652 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14653 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14654
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14658 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14659 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14660 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14661
14662 \(fn)" t nil)
14663
14664 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14665 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14666
14667 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14670 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14671 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14672 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14673 visible in another frame.
14674
14675 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14676 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14677 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14678 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14679 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14680 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14681
14682 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14683 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14684
14685 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14686
14687 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14688 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14689 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14690 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14691 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14692 in a separate window.
14693 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14694 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14695 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14696 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14697 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14698 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14699 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14700 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14701 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14704 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14705 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14706 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14719 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14726 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14727 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14733 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14740 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14741 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14747 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14748 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14752
14753 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14754 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14761 Write current buffer to a file.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14768 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14769 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14775 Call `dired' the ido way.
14776 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14780
14781 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14782 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14783 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14784 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14785 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14786 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14787
14788 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14789
14790 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14791 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14792 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14793 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14794
14795 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14799 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14800 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14801
14802 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14803
14804 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14805 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14806 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14807 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14808 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14809 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14810 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14811 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14812 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14813 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14814 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14815 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14816 with point positioned at the end.
14817 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14818 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14819
14820 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14821
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14826
14827 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14828 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14829 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14830
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14832
14833 ;;;***
14834 \f
14835 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20707 18685
14836 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
14837 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14838
14839 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14840
14841 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14842 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14844 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14845 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14846 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14847
14848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14849
14850 ;;;***
14851 \f
14852 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14853 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14854 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14855 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14856 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14857 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14858 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14859
14860 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14861 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14863 be determined.
14864
14865 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14868 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14869 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14870 be determined.
14871
14872 \(fn)" nil nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14875 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14876 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14877 be determined.
14878
14879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14882 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14883 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14884 be determined.
14885
14886 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14889 Determine and return image type.
14890 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14891 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14892 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14893 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14894 use its file extension as image type.
14895 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14896
14897 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14900 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14901 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14902
14903 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14904
14905 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14906 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14907 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14908
14909 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14910 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14911 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14912 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14913 must be available.
14914
14915 \(fn)" nil nil)
14916
14917 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14918 Create an image.
14919 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14920 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14921 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14922 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14923 use its file extension as image type.
14924 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14925 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14926 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14927 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14928
14929 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14930
14931 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14932 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14933 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14934
14935 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14936
14937 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14938 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14939 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14940 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14941 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14942 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14943 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14944 POS may be an integer or marker.
14945 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14946 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14947 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14948 means display it in the right marginal area.
14949
14950 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14951
14952 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14953 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14954 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14955 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14956 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14957 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14958 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14959 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14960 means display it in the right marginal area.
14961 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14962 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14963 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14964 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14965 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14966
14967 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14970 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14971 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14972 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14973 STRING is a single space.
14974 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14975 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14976 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14977 means display it in the right marginal area.
14978 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14979
14980 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14981
14982 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14983 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14984 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14985 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14986
14987 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14988
14989 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14990 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14991
14992 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14993
14994 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14995 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14996 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14997 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14998 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14999 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15000 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15001 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15002 satisfied.
15003
15004 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15005
15006 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15007
15008 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15011 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15012
15013 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15014 documentation string.
15015
15016 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15017 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15018 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15019 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15020 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15021 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15022 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15023 define SYMBOL.
15024
15025 Example:
15026
15027 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15028 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15029
15030 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15031
15032 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15033
15034 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15035 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15036 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15037 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15038
15039 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15040 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15041 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15042 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15043
15044 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15045
15046 \(fn)" nil nil)
15047
15048 ;;;***
15049 \f
15050 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15051 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15052 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15053 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15054 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15055 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15056 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15057 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15059
15060 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15061 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15062 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15063 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15064 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15065 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15066
15067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15068
15069 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15070 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15071
15072 Convenience command that:
15073
15074 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15075 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15076 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15077
15078 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15079 image files in dired and type
15080 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15081
15082 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15083
15084 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15085 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15086
15087 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15088
15089 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15090 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15091 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15092 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15093 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15094 another one).
15095
15096 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15097 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15098 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15099
15100 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15101 instead of erasing it first.
15102
15103 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15104 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15105 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15106 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15107 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15108 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15109
15110 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15111
15112 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15113 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15114 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15115 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15116 displayed.
15117
15118 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15119
15120 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15121
15122 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15123
15124 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15125 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15126
15127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15128
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15130 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15131 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15132
15133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15136 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15137
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15141 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15142 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15143 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15144
15145 \(fn)" t nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15148 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15149
15150 \(fn)" t nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15153 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15154
15155 \(fn)" t nil)
15156
15157 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15158 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15159
15160 \(fn)" t nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15163 Display current image file.
15164 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15165 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15166
15167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15168
15169 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15170 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15171
15172 \(fn)" t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15175 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15176 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15177 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15178 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15179 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15180 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15181
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15185 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15186 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15187 easy-to-use form.
15188
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15190
15191 ;;;***
15192 \f
15193 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15194 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15195 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15196 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15197
15198 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15199 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15200 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15201 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15202
15203 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15204 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15205 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15206 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15207
15208 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15209
15210 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15211 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15212 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15213 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15214
15215 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15216 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15217 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15218 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15219
15220 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15223 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15224
15225 \(fn)" nil nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15228 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15229 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15230 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15231
15232 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15233
15234 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15235 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15236 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15238 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15239 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15240
15241 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15242
15243 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15244 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15245 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15246 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15247 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15248
15249 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15250 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15251 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15252
15253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15254
15255 ;;;***
15256 \f
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15258 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20718 7922 212742
15259 ;;;;;; 0))
15260 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15261
15262 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15263 Major mode for image files.
15264 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15265 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15266
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15270 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15274
15275 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15276 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15277 actual image.
15278
15279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15282 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15283 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15284 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15285 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15286 to display an image file as the actual image.
15287
15288 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15289 to display an image file as text initially.
15290
15291 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15292 on these modes.
15293
15294 \(fn)" t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15297
15298
15299 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15300
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15304 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20744 53127 564979
15305 ;;;;;; 207000))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15307
15308 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15309 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15310
15311 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15312
15313 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15314 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15315 in the buffer.
15316
15317 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15318
15319 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15320 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15321 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15322
15323 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15324
15325 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15326 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15327 Each element of this list should have the form
15328
15329 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15330
15331 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15332 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15333 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15334 matches are put).
15335 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15336 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15337 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15338 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15339 another element.
15340 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15341 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15342 the menu item.
15343 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15344 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15345 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15346 the ARGUMENTS.
15347
15348 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15349 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15350 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15351
15352 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15353 create a buffer index.
15354
15355 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15356 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15357 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15358 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15359 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15360
15361 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15362
15363 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15364 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15365
15366 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15367 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15368 called within a `save-excursion'.
15369
15370 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15371
15372 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15373
15374 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15375 Function for finding the next index position.
15376
15377 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15378 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15379 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15380 file.
15381
15382 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15383 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15384
15385 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15386
15387 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15388 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15389
15390 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15391 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15392 It should return the name for that index item.")
15393
15394 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15395
15396 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15397 Function to compare string with index item.
15398
15399 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15400 non-nil if they match.
15401
15402 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15403 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15404 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15405 arguments match\".")
15406
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15408
15409 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15410 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15411 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15412
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15414 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15415
15416 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15417
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15419
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15421 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15422 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15423 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15424
15425 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15426
15427 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15428 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15429
15430 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15431
15432 \(fn)" t nil)
15433
15434 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15435 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15436 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15437 for more information.
15438
15439 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15440
15441 ;;;***
15442 \f
15443 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15444 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15445 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15447
15448 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15449 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15450
15451 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15454
15455
15456 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15459
15460
15461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15462
15463 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15464
15465
15466 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15467
15468 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15469 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15470
15471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15472
15473 ;;;***
15474 \f
15475 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15476 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15478
15479 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15480 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15481 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15482 to that buffer.
15483 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15484 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15485 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15486 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15487
15488 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15489
15490 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15491
15492 ;;;***
15493 \f
15494 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15495 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15496 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15497 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15498 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20707 18685 911514
15499 ;;;;;; 0))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15501
15502 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15503 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15504 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15505 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15506 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15507 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15508 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15509 first in this list.
15510
15511 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15512 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15513 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15514 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15515 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15516
15517 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15518 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15519 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15520
15521 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15522 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15523
15524 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15525 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15526
15527 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15528 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15529 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15530 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15531 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15532 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15533 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15534 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15535 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15536 with the top-level Info directory.
15537
15538 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15539 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15540 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15541 appended to the Info buffer name.
15542
15543 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15544 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15545 in all the directories in that path.
15546
15547 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15548
15549 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15552 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15553
15554 \(fn)" t nil)
15555
15556 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15557 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15558
15559 \(fn)" t nil)
15560
15561 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15562 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15563 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15564 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15565
15566 \(fn)" nil nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15569 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15570 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15571 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15572
15573 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15576 Go to the Info directory node.
15577
15578 \(fn)" t nil)
15579
15580 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15581 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15582 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15583 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15584 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15585 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15586
15587 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15588
15589 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15590 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15591 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15592
15593 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15596 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15597 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15598 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15599 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15600
15601 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15602
15603 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15604 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15605 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15606 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15607 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15608
15609 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15610 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15611
15612 Selecting other nodes:
15613 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15614 Follow a node reference you click on.
15615 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15616 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15617 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15618 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15619 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15620 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15621 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15622 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15623 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15624 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15625 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15626 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15627 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15628 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15629 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15630 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15631 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15632 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15633 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15634 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15635
15636 Moving within a node:
15637 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15638 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15639 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15640 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15641 move up to the parent node.
15642 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15643 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15644 if there is none.
15645 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15646
15647 Advanced commands:
15648 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15649 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15650 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15651 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15652 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15653 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15654 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15655 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15656 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15657 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15658 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15659 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15660 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15661 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15662 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15663 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15664
15665 \(fn)" t nil)
15666 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15667
15668 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15669 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15670 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15671 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15672 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15673 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15674
15675 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15676 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15677
15678 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15679 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15680 KEY is a string.
15681 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15682 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15683 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15684 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15685
15686 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15687
15688 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15689 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15690 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15691
15692 \(fn)" t nil)
15693
15694 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15695 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15696 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15697
15698 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15701 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15702
15703 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15704
15705 ;;;***
15706 \f
15707 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15708 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15709 ;;;;;; (20770 60415 653135 179000))
15710 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15711
15712 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15713 Throw away all cached data.
15714 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15715 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15716 system.
15717
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15720
15721 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15722 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15723 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15724 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15725 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15726 one found at point.
15727
15728 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15729
15730 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15731 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15732
15733 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15734 Display the documentation of a file.
15735 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15736 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15737 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15738 The default file name is the one found at point.
15739
15740 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15741
15742 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15743
15744 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15745 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15746
15747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15750 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15751
15752 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15753
15754 ;;;***
15755 \f
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15757 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15760
15761 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15762 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15763 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15764 current info file is the default.
15765
15766 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15767 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15768 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15769 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15770 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15771
15772 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15773 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15774 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15775 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15776 mistake in the reference.
15777
15778 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15779 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15780 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15781
15782 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15783 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15784 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15785 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15786
15787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15790 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15791 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15792 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15793 checked.
15794
15795 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15796 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15797 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15798 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15799 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15800 should be harmless.
15801
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15805 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15806 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15807 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15808
15809 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15810 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15811 and can take a long time.
15812
15813 \(fn)" t nil)
15814
15815 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15816 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15817 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15818
15819 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15820
15821 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15822 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15823
15824 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15825 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15826 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15827 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15828 all builtins).
15829
15830 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15831 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15832 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15833 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15834 the sources handy.
15835
15836 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15841 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20707 18685 911514
15842 ;;;;;; 0))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15846 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15847
15848 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15849
15850 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15851 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15852
15853 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15854
15855 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15856 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15857 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15858 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15859
15860 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15861 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15862 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15863
15864 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15865 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15866 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15867 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15868
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15872 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15873 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15874
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15878 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15879 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15880 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15881 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15882
15883 \(fn)" nil nil)
15884
15885 ;;;***
15886 \f
15887 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15888 ;;;;;; (20741 50977 527555 250000))
15889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15890
15891 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15892 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15893 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15894
15895 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15896
15897 ;;;***
15898 \f
15899 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15900 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15901 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15905 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15910 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15911
15912 \(fn)" t nil)
15913
15914 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15915
15916
15917 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20707
15922 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15924
15925 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15926 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15927 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15928 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15929 accessed via isearchb.
15930
15931 \(fn)" t nil)
15932
15933 ;;;***
15934 \f
15935 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15936 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15937 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15938 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15939 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15940
15941 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15942 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15943 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15944 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15945 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15946
15947 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15948
15949 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15950 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15951 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15952 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954
15955 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956
15957 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15959 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15967 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15970
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15999 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16000 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16001
16002 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16003
16004 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16005 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16006 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16007 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16008
16009 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Warn that format is read-only.
16013
16014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16015
16016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Warn that format is write-only.
16018
16019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16023
16024 \(fn)" t nil)
16025
16026 ;;;***
16027 \f
16028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16029 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16031 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16032 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16033
16034 ;;;***
16035 \f
16036 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16037 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16038 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16039 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16040 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20775 13766 532814 0))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16042
16043 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16044
16045 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16046 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16047 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16048 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16049 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16050
16051 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16052
16053 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16054
16055 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16056 Key map for ispell menu.")
16057
16058 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16059 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16060 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16061 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16062
16063 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16064
16065 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16066
16067 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16068
16069 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16072 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16073 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16074 Valid forms include:
16075 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16076 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16077 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16078 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16079
16080 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16081 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16082 First list is used raw.
16083 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16084
16085 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16086 for skipping in latex mode.")
16087
16088 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16089 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16090 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16091 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16092 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16093 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16094 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16097 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16098 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16099 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16100
16101 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16102 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16103 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16104 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16105 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16106
16107 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16108 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16109
16110 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16111 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16112
16113 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16114 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16115
16116 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16117 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16118
16119 Return values:
16120 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16121 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16122 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16123 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16124 quit spell session exited.
16125
16126 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16127
16128 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16129 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16130 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16131
16132 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16135 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16136
16137 Selections are:
16138
16139 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16140 SPC: Accept word this time.
16141 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16142 `a': Accept word for this session.
16143 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16144 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16145 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16146 `?': Show these commands.
16147 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16148 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16149 the aborted check to be completed later.
16150 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16151 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16152 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16153 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16154 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16155 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16156 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16157
16158 \(fn)" nil nil)
16159
16160 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16161 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16162 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16163 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16164
16165 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16166
16167 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16168 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16169 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16170 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16171
16172 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16173
16174 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16175
16176 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16177 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16178 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16179 amount for last line processed.
16180
16181 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16182
16183 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16184 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16185
16186 \(fn)" t nil)
16187
16188 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16189 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16190
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16194 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16195
16196 \(fn)" t nil)
16197
16198 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16199 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16200 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16201 sequence inside of a word.
16202
16203 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16204
16205 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16208 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16209
16210 \(fn)" t nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16213 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16214 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16215 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16216
16217 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16218 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16219 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16220 available on the net.
16221
16222 \(fn)" t nil)
16223
16224 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16225 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16229
16230 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16231 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16232 spelled.
16233
16234 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16235 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16236 SPC.
16237
16238 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16239 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16240
16241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16244 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16245 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16246 Don't check included messages.
16247
16248 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16249 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16250 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16251
16252 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16253 in your init file:
16254 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16255 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16256 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16257 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16258
16259 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16260 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16261 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16262
16263 \(fn)" t nil)
16264
16265 ;;;***
16266 \f
16267 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20707
16268 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16270
16271 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16272 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16273 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16276 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16277
16278 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16279
16280 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16281 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16283 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16284 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16285
16286 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16287 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16288
16289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16290
16291 ;;;***
16292 \f
16293 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16294 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16295 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16296 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20707 18685 911514
16297 ;;;;;; 0))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16299
16300 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16301
16302
16303 \(fn)" nil nil)
16304
16305 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16306 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16307 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16308 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16309 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16310 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16311 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16312 necessary to represent OBJ.
16313
16314 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16315
16316 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16317 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16318 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16319 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16320
16321 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16322
16323 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16328
16329 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16330
16331 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16332 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16333 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16334 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16335
16336 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16337
16338 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16341 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16342
16343 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16344
16345 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16346 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16347
16348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16351 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16352 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16353 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16354 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16355
16356 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16357
16358 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16359 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16360 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16361 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16362 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16363
16364 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16367 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16368 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16369
16370 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16371
16372 ;;;***
16373 \f
16374 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16375 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16377
16378 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16379 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16380 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16381 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16382
16383 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16384
16385
16386 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16389 Uninstall jka-compr.
16390 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16391 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16392 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16393
16394 \(fn)" nil nil)
16395
16396 ;;;***
16397 \f
16398 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20707 18685 911514
16399 ;;;;;; 0))
16400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16401
16402 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16403 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16404
16405 \(fn)" t nil)
16406
16407 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16408
16409 ;;;***
16410 \f
16411 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16412 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16413 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16415
16416 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16417 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16418 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16419 decimal key must be specified.")
16420
16421 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16422
16423 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16424 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16425 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16426 decimal key must be specified.")
16427
16428 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16429
16430 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16431 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16432 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16433 decimal key must be specified.")
16434
16435 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16436
16437 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16438 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16439 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16440 decimal key must be specified.")
16441
16442 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16443
16444 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16445 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16446 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16447 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16448 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16449 keys are bound.
16450
16451 Setup Binding
16452 -------------------------------------------------------------
16453 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16454 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16455 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16456 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16457 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16458 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16459 in the global and local keymaps.
16460
16461 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16462 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16463
16464 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16465
16466 ;;;***
16467 \f
16468 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16469 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16470 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16471
16472 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16473 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16474 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16475
16476 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16477 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16478 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16479 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16480 shorter.
16481
16482 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16483 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16484 the context of text formatting.
16485
16486 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16487
16488 ;;;***
16489 \f
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20707
16491 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16493
16494 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16495 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16496 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16497 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16498 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16499 positions that contains the current selection.")
16500
16501 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16502 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16503 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16504 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16505 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16506 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16507 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16508
16509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16510
16511 ;;;***
16512 \f
16513 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16514 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16515 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16516 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16518 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16519 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16520 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16521 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16522 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16523 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16524 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16525
16526 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16527 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16528
16529 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16530
16531 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16532 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16533 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16534 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16535 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16536
16537 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16538
16539 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16540 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16541 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16542
16543 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16544 defining the macro.
16545
16546 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16547 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16548 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16549
16550 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16551 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16552
16553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16554
16555 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16556 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16557 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16558 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16559 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16560 under that name.
16561
16562 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16563 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16564 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16565
16566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16567
16568 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16569 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16570 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16571
16572 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16573 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16574 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16575 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16576
16577 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16578 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16579
16580 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16581
16582 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16583 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16584 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16585
16586 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16587 macro.
16588
16589 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16590 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16591
16592 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16593 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16594 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16595
16596 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16597 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16598
16599 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16602 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16603 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16604 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16605
16606 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16607
16608 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16609 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16610 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16611 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16612
16613 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16614 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16615
16616 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16617
16618 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16619 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16620 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16621
16622 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16623
16624 ;;;***
16625 \f
16626 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16627 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16628 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16629
16630 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16631 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16632 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16633
16634 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16635
16636
16637 \(fn)" nil nil)
16638
16639 ;;;***
16640 \f
16641 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16642 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16643 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16644
16645 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16646
16647 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16648 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16649
16650 \(fn)" t nil)
16651
16652 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16653 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16654 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16655 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16656
16657 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16658 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16659 none / 1 | yes | no
16660 2 | yes | yes
16661 3 | no | yes
16662 4 | no | no
16663
16664 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16665 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16666 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16667
16668 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16669
16670 ;;;***
16671 \f
16672 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16673 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16674 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16676
16677 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16678
16679
16680 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16681
16682 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16683 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16684 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16685 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16686 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16687 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16688
16689 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16690 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16691
16692 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16693
16694 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16695 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16696
16697 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16698
16699 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16700
16701
16702 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16703
16704 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16705
16706
16707 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16708
16709 ;;;***
16710 \f
16711 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16712 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16713 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20707 18685 911514
16714 ;;;;;; 0))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16716
16717 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16718 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16719 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16720 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16721
16722 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16723
16724 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16725 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16726 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16727
16728 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16731 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16732 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16733
16734 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16735
16736 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16737 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16738 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16739 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16740
16741 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16742
16743 ;;;***
16744 \f
16745 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16746 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20707 18685
16747 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16749
16750 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16751 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16752 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16753 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16754 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16755 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16756 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16757 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16758
16759 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16760 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16761
16762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16763 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16764
16765 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16766
16767 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16768 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16769 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16770 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16771 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16772 `latin1-display-setup'.
16773
16774 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16775
16776 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16777 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16778 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16779 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16780
16781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16782 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16783
16784 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16785
16786 ;;;***
16787 \f
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16789 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16791
16792 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16793 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16794
16795 \(fn)" t nil)
16796
16797 ;;;***
16798 \f
16799 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20707 18685 911514
16800 ;;;;;; 0))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16802
16803 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16804 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16805 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16806 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16807 generations (this defaults to 1).
16808
16809 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16810
16811 ;;;***
16812 \f
16813 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16814 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16816
16817 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16818 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16821 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16822
16823 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16824
16825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16826
16827 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16828 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16829 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16832 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16833
16834 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16835
16836 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16837 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16838 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16839 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16840 ARG is omitted or nil.
16841
16842 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16843 `linum-on' would do it.
16844 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16845
16846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16847
16848 ;;;***
16849 \f
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20707
16851 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16853
16854 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16855 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16856 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16857 is nil, raise an error.
16858
16859 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16860 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16861 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16862 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16863 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16864 defined by the library.
16865
16866 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16867 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16868 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16869 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16870 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16871 proceeds.
16872
16873 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16874 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16875 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16876 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16877
16878 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16879
16880 ;;;***
16881 \f
16882 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16883 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16885
16886 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16887 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16888 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16889
16890 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16891
16892 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16893 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16894 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16895 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16896
16897 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16898 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16899 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16900 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16901 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16902 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16903 the version.)
16904
16905 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16906 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16907
16908 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16909 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16910
16911 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16912 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16913
16914 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16915
16916 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16917 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16918 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16919 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16920 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16921 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16922 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16923 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16924 to constrain a big search.
16925
16926 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16927
16928 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16929 except that FILTER is not optional.
16930
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16932
16933 ;;;***
16934 \f
16935 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20707 18685
16936 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16938
16939 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16940 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16941 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16942 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16943 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16944 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16945 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16946 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16947 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16948 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16949
16950 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16951 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16952 associated values:
16953 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16954 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16955 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16956 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16957 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16958
16959 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16960 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16961 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16962
16963 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16964
16965 ;;;***
16966 \f
16967 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20707
16968 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16970
16971 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16972 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16973
16974 \(fn)" t nil)
16975
16976 ;;;***
16977 \f
16978 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20707
16979 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16980 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16981
16982 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16983 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16987
16988 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16989 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16990 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16991 disk.
16992
16993 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16994 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16995 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16996
16997 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16998 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16999
17000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17001
17002 ;;;***
17003 \f
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17005 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20707
17006 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17008
17009 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17010 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17011
17012 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17013 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17014
17015 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17016 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17017 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17018
17019 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17020 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17021
17022 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17023 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17024 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17025 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17026 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17027 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17028 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17029
17030 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17031
17032 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17033 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17034 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17035 switch on this list.
17036 See `lpr-command'.")
17037
17038 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17039
17040 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17041 Name of program for printing a file.
17042
17043 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17044 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17045 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17046 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17047 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17048 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17049 argument.")
17050
17051 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17052
17053 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17054 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17055 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17056 for customization of the printer command.
17057
17058 \(fn)" t nil)
17059
17060 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17061 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17062
17063 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17064 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17065 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17066 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17067
17068 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17069 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17070
17071 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17072 for further customization of the printer command.
17073
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17075
17076 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17077 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17078 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17079 for customization of the printer command.
17080
17081 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17082
17083 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17084 Paginate and print the region contents.
17085
17086 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17087 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17088 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17089 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17090
17091 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17092 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17093
17094 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17095 for further customization of the printer command.
17096
17097 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17098
17099 ;;;***
17100 \f
17101 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17102 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17104
17105 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17106 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17107 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17108
17109 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17110
17111 ;;;***
17112 \f
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20707
17114 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17116
17117 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17118 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17119 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17120 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17121
17122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17123
17124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17125
17126 ;;;***
17127 \f
17128 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20707
17129 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17131
17132 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17133 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17134
17135 \(fn)" t nil)
17136
17137 ;;;***
17138 \f
17139 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17140 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20707 18685 911514
17141 ;;;;;; 0))
17142 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17143
17144 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17145 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17146 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17147 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17148 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17149
17150 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17151
17152 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17153 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17154 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17155 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17156
17157 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17158 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17159 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17160 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17161 bindings.
17162
17163 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17164 use this command, and then save the file.
17165
17166 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17169 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17170 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17171 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17172 each time the macro executes.
17173 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17174 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17175 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17176 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17177 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17178 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17179 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17180
17181 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17184 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17185 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17186 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17187
17188 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17189 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17190 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17191 execute.
17192
17193 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17194 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17195
17196 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17197 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17198 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17199 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17200 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17201
17202 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17203 looked like this:
17204
17205 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17206 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17207 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17208
17209 You could enter the names in this format:
17210
17211 foo
17212 bar
17213 baz
17214
17215 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17216
17217 \\C-x (
17218 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17219 \\C-x )
17220
17221 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17222 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17223
17224 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17225 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17230 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17232
17233 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17234 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17235 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17236 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17237 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17238 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17239
17240 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17241 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17242 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17243 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17244 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17245
17246 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17247 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17248 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17249 consing a string.)
17250
17251 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17252
17253 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17254 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17255
17256 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17257
17258 ;;;***
17259 \f
17260 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17261 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17262 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17264
17265 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17266 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17267
17268 \(fn)" nil nil)
17269
17270 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17271
17272
17273 \(fn)" nil nil)
17274
17275 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17276 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17277
17278 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17279
17280 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17281 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17282 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17283 message.
17284
17285 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17286
17287 \(fn)" nil nil)
17288
17289 ;;;***
17290 \f
17291 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17292 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17293 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17294 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17296
17297 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17298 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17299 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17300 often correct parser.")
17301
17302 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17303
17304 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17305 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17306 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17307 a value which excludes your own email address.
17308
17309 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17310 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17311
17312 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17313
17314 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17316
17317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17320 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17321 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17322 we return it unconverted.
17323
17324 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17325 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17326
17327 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17330 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17331 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17332 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17333
17334 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17337 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17338 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17339 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17340
17341 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17342
17343 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17344 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17345 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17346 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17347 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17348 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17349 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17350 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17351 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17352 as Rmail does.
17353
17354 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17355
17356 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17357 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17358 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17359 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17360 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17361 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17362 matches may be returned from the message body.
17363
17364 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17365
17366 ;;;***
17367 \f
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17369 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20707
17370 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17372
17373 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17374 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17375 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17378 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17379
17380 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17381
17382 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17383 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17387
17388 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17389 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17390 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17391 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17392
17393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17394
17395 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17396 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17397
17398 \(fn)" nil nil)
17399
17400 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17401 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17402 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17403
17404 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17405
17406 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17407 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17408 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17409
17410 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17411 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17412 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17413 double-quotes.
17414
17415 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17416
17417 ;;;***
17418 \f
17419 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17420 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17421 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17423
17424 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17425 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17426 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17427 king@grassland.com
17428 If `parens', they look like:
17429 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17430 If `angles', they look like:
17431 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17432
17433 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17434
17435 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17436 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17437 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17438 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17439 their `Resent-' variants.
17440
17441 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17442 removed from alias expansions.
17443
17444 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17445
17446 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17447 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17448 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17449
17450 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17451 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17452 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17453 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17454
17455 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17458 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17459 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17460
17461 \(fn)" nil nil)
17462
17463 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17464 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17465 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17466 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17467
17468 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17469
17470 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17471
17472 ;;;***
17473 \f
17474 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17475 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17477
17478 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17479 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17480 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17481 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17482
17483 \(fn)" nil nil)
17484
17485 ;;;***
17486 \f
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17488 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17489 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20746 5161 430619 0))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17491
17492 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17493 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17494
17495 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17496 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17497 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17498 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17499 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17500 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17501
17502 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17503 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17504 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17505 dependency, despite the colon.
17506
17507 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17508
17509 In the browser, use the following keys:
17510
17511 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17512
17513 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17516 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17517
17518 `makefile-target-colon':
17519 The string that gets appended to all target names
17520 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17521 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17522
17523 `makefile-macro-assign':
17524 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17525 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17526 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17527 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17528 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17529 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17530
17531 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17532 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17533 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17534
17535 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17536 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17537
17538 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17539 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17540 up or down in the browser.
17541
17542 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17543 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17544
17545 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17546 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17547
17548 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17549 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17550 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17551 has been selected in the browser.
17552
17553 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17554 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17555 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17556 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17557 filenames are omitted.
17558
17559 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17560 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17561 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17562 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17563 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17564 the backslash itself intact.
17565 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17566 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17567
17568 `makefile-browser-hook':
17569 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17570 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17571
17572 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17573 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17574 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17575 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17580 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17581
17582 \(fn)" t nil)
17583
17584 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17585 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17586
17587 \(fn)" t nil)
17588
17589 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17590 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17591
17592 \(fn)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17595 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17596
17597 \(fn)" t nil)
17598
17599 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17600 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17601
17602 \(fn)" t nil)
17603
17604 ;;;***
17605 \f
17606 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20707
17607 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17608 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17609
17610 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17611 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17612 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17613
17614 \(fn)" t nil)
17615
17616 ;;;***
17617 \f
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17619 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17621
17622 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17623
17624 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17625 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17626 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17627 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17628 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17629 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17630 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17631 page, it will display immediately.
17632
17633 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17634 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17635 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17636
17637 cat(1)
17638 1 cat
17639
17640 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17641 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17642 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17643 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17644
17645 -a chmod
17646
17647 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17648 otherwise look like a page name.
17649
17650 /my/file/name.1.gz
17651 -l somefile.1
17652
17653 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17654 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17655 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17656
17657 -k pattern
17658
17659 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17660
17661 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17662 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17663
17664 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17665
17666 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17667 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17668
17669 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17670
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20707 18685
17674 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17676
17677 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17678 Toggle Master mode.
17679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17680 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17681 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17682
17683 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17684 using the following commands:
17685
17686 \\{master-mode-map}
17687
17688 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17689 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17690 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17691
17692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17693
17694 ;;;***
17695 \f
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17697 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17699
17700 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17701 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17702 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17705 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17706
17707 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17710 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17712 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17713 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17714
17715 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17716 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17717 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17718 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17719
17720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17721
17722 ;;;***
17723 \f
17724 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17725 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17726 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17727 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17728 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17729 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17730 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17732
17733 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17734
17735 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17736 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17737 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17738 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17739 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17740 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17741 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17742 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17743 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17744 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17745 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17746 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17747 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17748 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17749 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17750 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17751 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17752 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17753 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17754 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17755 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17756 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17757 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17758 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17759 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17760 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17761 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17762 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17763 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17764 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17765 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17766 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17767 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17768 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17769 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17770 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17771 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17772 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17777 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17778 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17779 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17780 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17781
17782 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17785 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17786
17787 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17790 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17795 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17800 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17801 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17806 Cancel an article you posted.
17807 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17808
17809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17812 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17813 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17814 header line with the old Message-ID.
17815
17816 \(fn)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17819 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17820
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17824 Forward the current message via mail.
17825 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17826 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17827
17828 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17829
17830 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17831
17832
17833 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17834
17835 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17836
17837
17838 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17841 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17842
17843 \(fn)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17846 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17847
17848 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17851 Re-mail the current message.
17852 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17853 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17854 you.
17855
17856 \(fn)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17859 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17860
17861 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17864 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17865
17866 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17869 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17870
17871 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17874 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17879 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17880 Works by overstriking characters.
17881 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17882 which specify the range to operate on.
17883
17884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17887 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17888 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17889 which specify the range to operate on.
17890
17891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17892
17893 ;;;***
17894 \f
17895 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17896 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17898
17899 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17900 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17905 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17906
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17912 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17913 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17915
17916 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17917 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17918 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17919
17920 \(fn)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17923 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17924 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17925 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17926 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17927 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17928 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17929
17930 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17931
17932 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17933 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17934 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17935 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17936 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17937 means current).
17938 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17939 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17940
17941 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17944 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17945 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17946 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17947 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17948 means current).
17949 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17950 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17951
17952 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17957 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17958 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17960
17961 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17962 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17963 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17964
17965 \(fn)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17968 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17969 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17970
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17974 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17975
17976 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17977 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17978 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17979
17980 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17981 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17982
17983 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17984 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17985
17986 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17987
17988 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17989
17990 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17991 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17992 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17993 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17994 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17995 as `compose-mail'.
17996
17997 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17998 initial Subject field, respectively.
17999
18000 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18001 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18002 are strings.
18003
18004 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18005 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18006
18007 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18008
18009 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18010 Save draft and send message.
18011
18012 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18013 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18014 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18015 Mail Delivery*\".
18016
18017 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18018 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18019 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18020
18021 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18022 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18023 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18024 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18025 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18026 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18027
18028 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18029 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18030
18031 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18032 message and scan line.
18033
18034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18037 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18038
18039 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18040 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18041 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18042 delete the draft message.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20707 18685
18049 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18051
18052 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18053
18054 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18055
18056 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18057
18058 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18059 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18060
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18062
18063 ;;;***
18064 \f
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18066 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18068
18069 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18070 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18071 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18072
18073 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18074 the MH mail system.
18075
18076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18079 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18080 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18081
18082 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18083 the MH mail system.
18084
18085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18086
18087 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18088 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18089
18090 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18091 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18092 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18093 separate command.
18094
18095 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18096 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18097 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18098 format.
18099
18100 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18101
18102 Ranges
18103 ======
18104 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18105 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18106 can be used in several ways.
18107
18108 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18109 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18110 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18111 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18112 page):
18113
18114 <num1>-<num2>
18115 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18116 The range must be nonempty.
18117
18118 <num>:N
18119 <num>:+N
18120 <num>:-N
18121 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18122 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18123 last.
18124
18125 first:N
18126 prev:N
18127 next:N
18128 last:N
18129 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18130
18131 all
18132 All of the messages.
18133
18134 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18135 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18136
18137 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18138 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18139 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18140
18141 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18142
18143 \(fn)" t nil)
18144
18145 ;;;***
18146 \f
18147 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18148 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18149 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18150
18151 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18152 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18153 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18154 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18155 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18156 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18157 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18158 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18159 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18160 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18161 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18162
18163 \(fn)" t nil)
18164
18165 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18166 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18167 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18168 to its second argument TM.
18169
18170 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18171
18172 ;;;***
18173 \f
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18175 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18177
18178 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18179 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18180 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18183 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18184
18185 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18188 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18190 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18191 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18192
18193 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18194 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18195 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18196 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18197 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18198 is modified to remove the default indication.
18199
18200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201
18202 ;;;***
18203 \f
18204 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18205 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18207
18208 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18209 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18210 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18211 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18212 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18213 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18214 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18215 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18216 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18217
18218 \(fn)" t nil)
18219
18220 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18221 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18222 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18223 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18224 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18225 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18226 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18227 The return value is always nil.
18228
18229 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18230
18231 ;;;***
18232 \f
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18234 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18235 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18237 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18238
18239 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18240 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18241
18242 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18243 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18244 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18245 next occurrence.
18246
18247 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18248 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18249 end of the search space).
18250
18251 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18252 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18253 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18254 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18255 should return the previous buffer to search.
18256
18257 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18258 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18259 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18260
18261 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18262 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18263 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18264 Isearch starts.")
18265
18266 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18267 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18268 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18269
18270 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18271 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18272 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18273
18274 \(fn)" nil nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18277 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18278 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18279 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18281 whose names match the specified regexp.
18282
18283 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18286 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18287 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18288 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18289 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18290 whose names match the specified regexp.
18291
18292 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18293
18294 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18295 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18296 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18297 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18298 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18299 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18300 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18301
18302 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18305 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18306 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18307 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18308 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18309 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18310 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18311
18312 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18313
18314 ;;;***
18315 \f
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18317 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18319
18320 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18321 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18322
18323 \(fn)" t nil)
18324
18325 ;;;***
18326 \f
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18330
18331 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18332 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18333
18334 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18335
18336 ;;;***
18337 \f
18338 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18339 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18341
18342 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18343 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18344
18345 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18348 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18349 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18350 the entire message.
18351 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18352
18353 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18360
18361 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18362 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18363 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18364 the entire message.
18365 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18366
18367 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18368
18369 ;;;***
18370 \f
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18372 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18374
18375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18376 Insert file contents of URL.
18377 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18378
18379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18380
18381 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18382 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18383
18384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18385
18386 ;;;***
18387 \f
18388 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18389 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18391
18392 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18393 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18394 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18395 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18396 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18397
18398 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18401 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18402 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18403
18404 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18405
18406 ;;;***
18407 \f
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18411
18412 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18413 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18414
18415 \(fn)" nil nil)
18416
18417 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18418 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18419 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18420 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18421 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18422
18423 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18424 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18425 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18426 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18427 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18428 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18429
18430 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18431
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18437
18438 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18439
18440
18441 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18442
18443 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18444
18445
18446 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18447
18448 ;;;***
18449 \f
18450 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18451 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18452 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18454
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18456
18457
18458 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18459
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18461
18462
18463 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18466
18467
18468 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18471
18472
18473 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18476
18477
18478 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18481
18482
18483 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18484
18485 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18486
18487
18488 \(fn)" nil nil)
18489
18490 ;;;***
18491 \f
18492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20707 18685
18493 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
18494 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18495
18496 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18497
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20627
18501 ;;;;;; 28531 447943 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18503
18504 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18505
18506 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18507 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18508 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18509 followed by the first character of the construct.
18510 \\<m2-mode-map>
18511 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18512 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18513 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18514 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18515 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18516 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18517 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18518 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18519 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18520 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18521 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18522 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18523 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18524 \\[m2-link] link
18525
18526 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18527 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18528 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18529
18530 \(fn)" t nil)
18531
18532 ;;;***
18533 \f
18534 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18535 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18537
18538 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18539 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18540
18541 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18544 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18545
18546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18547
18548 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18549 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18550
18551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18552
18553 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18554 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18555
18556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18557
18558 ;;;***
18559 \f
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18561 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18563
18564 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18565 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18566
18567 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18568 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18569 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18570
18571 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18572 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18573 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18574
18575 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18576 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18577
18578 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18579 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18580 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18581 hemisphere you're in.)
18582
18583 To test this function, evaluate:
18584 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18585
18586 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18589 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18590
18591 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18592 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18593
18594 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18595 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18596 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18597
18598 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18599 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18600
18601 To test this function, evaluate:
18602 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18603
18604 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607 \f
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18610
18611 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18612 Main entry point for MPC.
18613
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18615
18616 ;;;***
18617 \f
18618 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20707 18685 911514
18619 ;;;;;; 0))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18621
18622 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18623 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18624
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18626
18627 ;;;***
18628 \f
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18631
18632 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18633 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18634 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18636 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18637 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18638
18639 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18640
18641 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18642 Toggle Msb mode.
18643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18644 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18645 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18646
18647 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18648 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18649
18650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18651
18652 ;;;***
18653 \f
18654 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18655 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18656 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18657 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18658 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18659 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18661
18662 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display a list of all character sets.
18664
18665 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18666 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18667 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18668 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18669 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18670
18671 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18672 but still shows the full information.
18673
18674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18677 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18678 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18679
18680 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18681 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18682 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18683 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18684 meanings of these arguments.
18685
18686 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18690
18691 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18695
18696 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18700
18701 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18705
18706 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18707 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18708 in place of `..':
18709 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18710 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18711 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18712 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18713 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18714 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18715 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18716 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18717 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18718 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18720 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18721 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18722 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18723 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18724 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18725
18726 \(fn)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18730
18731 \(fn)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display a list of all coding systems.
18735 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18736
18737 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18738 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18739
18740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display a list of all coding categories.
18744
18745 \(fn)" nil nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18749 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18750
18751 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18752
18753 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display information about FONTSET.
18755 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18756
18757 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18760 Display a list of all fontsets.
18761 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18762 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18763 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18764
18765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18768 Display information about all input methods.
18769
18770 \(fn)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18773 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18774
18775 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18776 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18777 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18778 system which uses fontsets).
18779
18780 \(fn)" t nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18783 Show log of font listing and opening.
18784 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18785 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18786
18787 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18788
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18792 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18793 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18794 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18795 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18796 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18798
18799 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18800 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18801
18802 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18803 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18804
18805 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18806 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18807
18808 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18809
18810 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18811 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18812 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18813 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18814 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18815 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18816 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18817
18818 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18819 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18820 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18821 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18822 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18823 middle of a character in STR.
18824
18825 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18826 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18827
18828 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18829 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18830 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18831 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18832 defaults to \"...\".
18833
18834 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18837 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18838
18839 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18840 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18841 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18842
18843 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18844 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18845 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18846
18847 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18848 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18849 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18850 are considered.
18851 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18852 longer than KEYSEQ.
18853 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18854
18855 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18858 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18859 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18860 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18861 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18862 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18863 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18864 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18865 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18866 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18867 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18868
18869 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18873
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18877 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18878
18879 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18880
18881 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18883
18884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18888
18889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18890
18891 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18892 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18893 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18894 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18895 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18896
18897 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18898 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18899
18900 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18901 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18902 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18903 coding systems ordered by priority.
18904
18905 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18906
18907 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18908
18909 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18910 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18911 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18912 language environment LANG-ENV.
18913
18914 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18917 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18918 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18919 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18920 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18921 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18922
18923 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18924
18925 ;;;***
18926 \f
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18930 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20707
18931 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18933
18934 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18935 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18936
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18940 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18941
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18945 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18946
18947 \(fn)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18950 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18951
18952 \(fn)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18955 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18956
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18960 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18961
18962 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18965 Ping HOST.
18966 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18967 `ping-program-options'.
18968
18969 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18972 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18973
18974 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18977 Run nslookup program.
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18982 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18983
18984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18987 Run dig program.
18988
18989 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18992 Run ftp program.
18993
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18997 Finger USER on HOST.
18998
18999 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19002 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19003 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19004 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19005
19006 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19009
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19014 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19015
19016 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19019 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19020
19021 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19022
19023 ;;;***
19024 \f
19025 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20707
19026 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19028
19029 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19030 Return a user name/password pair.
19031 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19032 listed in the PORTS list.
19033
19034 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19035
19036 ;;;***
19037 \f
19038 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19039 ;;;;;; (20766 62090 677076 128000))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19041
19042 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19043 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19044 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19045 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19046 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19047 closes it.
19048
19049 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19050 make it unique.
19051 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19052 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19053 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19054 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19055 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19056 a port number to connect to.
19057
19058 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19059 values:
19060
19061 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19062 nil or `network'
19063 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19064 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19065 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19066 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19067 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19068 an unencrypted connection.
19069 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19070 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19071 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19072 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19073 returned object is a killed process.
19074 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19075 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19076 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19077
19078 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19079 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19080 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19081 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19082 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19083 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19084 or nil if none could be found.
19085 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19086 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19087
19088 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19089
19090 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19091 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19092 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19093
19094 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19095 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19096 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19097
19098 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19099 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19100 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19101
19102 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19103 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19104 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19105 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19106
19107 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19108 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19109
19110 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19111 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19112 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19113 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19114 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19115 or STARTTLS connections.
19116
19117 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19118 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19119
19120 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19121 asynchronously, if possible.
19122
19123 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19124
19125 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19126
19127 ;;;***
19128 \f
19129 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19130 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19132
19133 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19134 Check whether newsticker is running.
19135 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19136 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19137
19138 \(fn)" nil nil)
19139
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19141 Start the newsticker.
19142 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19143 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19144 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19145 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19146
19147 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19148
19149 ;;;***
19150 \f
19151 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19152 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19153 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19154
19155 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19156 Start newsticker plainview.
19157
19158 \(fn)" t nil)
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19163 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19165
19166 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19167 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19168
19169 \(fn)" t nil)
19170
19171 ;;;***
19172 \f
19173 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19174 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20707 18685 911514
19175 ;;;;;; 0))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19177
19178 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19179 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19180 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19181 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19182 empty.
19183
19184 \(fn)" nil nil)
19185
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19187 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19188 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19189 running already.
19190
19191 \(fn)" t nil)
19192
19193 ;;;***
19194 \f
19195 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19196 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19198
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19200 Start newsticker treeview.
19201
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19203
19204 ;;;***
19205 \f
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19209
19210 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19211 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19212
19213 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19214
19215 ;;;***
19216 \f
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20707
19218 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19220
19221 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19222 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19223 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19224 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19225 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19226 symbol in the alist.
19227
19228 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19229
19230 ;;;***
19231 \f
19232 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19233 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19235
19236 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19237 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19238 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19239
19240 \(fn)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19247
19248 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19249 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19250
19251 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19252
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19256 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19258
19259 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19260
19261 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19262 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19263 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19264
19265 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19266
19267
19268 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19269
19270 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19271 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19274 to future sessions.
19275
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19277
19278 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19279 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19280 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19281 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19282 future sessions.
19283
19284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19291
19292 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19293 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19294 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19295 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19296 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19297 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19304 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19308 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19309 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19310 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19311
19312 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20763
19317 ;;;;;; 5110 492774 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19321 Major mode for editing XML.
19322
19323 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19324 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19325 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19326 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19327 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19328 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19329 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19330
19331 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19332
19333 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19334 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19335
19336 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19337 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19338 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19339 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19340 instead of C-c.
19341
19342 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19343 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19344 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19345 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19346 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19347 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19348
19349 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19350 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19351 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19352
19353 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19354 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19355 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19356
19357 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19358 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19359 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19360 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19361 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19362 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19363 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19364 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19365 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19366
19367 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19368
19369 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19370 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19371
19372 \(fn)" t nil)
19373
19374 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19375
19376 ;;;***
19377 \f
19378 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19379 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19381
19382 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19383 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19384 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19385 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19386
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19388
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19396 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19397 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19398
19399 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19400
19401 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19402 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19403
19404 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19405 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19406 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19407
19408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19409
19410 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19415 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19417
19418 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19419 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19420
19421 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19422 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19423 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19424 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19425
19426 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19427 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19428 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19429 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19430 is why you need this mode!).
19431
19432 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19433 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19434 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19435
19436 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19437
19438 Keybindings
19439 ===========
19440
19441 \\{octave-mode-map}
19442
19443 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19444 ==============================================
19445
19446 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19447 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19448 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19449
19450 `octave-block-offset'
19451 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19452 Default is 2.
19453
19454 `octave-continuation-offset'
19455 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19456 Default is 4.
19457
19458 `octave-continuation-string'
19459 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19460 Default is a backslash.
19461
19462 `octave-send-echo-input'
19463 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19464 command to the inferior Octave process.
19465
19466 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19467 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19468 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19469
19470 `octave-send-echo-input'
19471 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19472
19473 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19474
19475 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19476 following lines to your init file:
19477
19478 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19479
19480 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19481 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19482
19483 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19484 (lambda ()
19485 (abbrev-mode 1)
19486 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19487
19488 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19489 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19490 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19491 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19492
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19494
19495 ;;;***
19496 \f
19497 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19498 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19499 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19500 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19501 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19502 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19503 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20782 62165 534425 0))
19504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19505
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19507 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19508
19509 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19510
19511 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19512 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19513 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19514 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19515 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19516
19517 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19518
19519 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19520 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19521
19522 \(fn)" nil nil)
19523
19524 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19525 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19526
19527 \(fn)" nil nil)
19528
19529 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19530 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19531 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19532
19533 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19534 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19535 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19536 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19537 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19538 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19539 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19540 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19541 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19542 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19543
19544 The following commands are available:
19545
19546 \\{org-mode-map}
19547
19548 \(fn)" t nil)
19549
19550 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19551 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19552
19553 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19554 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19555 in special contexts.
19556
19557 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19558 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19559 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19560 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19561 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19562 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19563 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19564 properties in the buffer.
19565 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19566 including any drawers.
19567
19568 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19569
19570 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19571 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19572 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19573 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19574 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19575 and zoom in further.
19576 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19577 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19578
19579 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19580 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19581 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19582 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19583 times right after creating a new headline.
19584
19585 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19586 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19587 is negative, go up that many levels.
19588
19589 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19590 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19591 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19592
19593 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19594 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19595 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19596 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19597
19598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19601 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19602 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19603 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19604
19605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19608 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19609 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19610 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19611 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19612 defined by Org-mode).
19613
19614 M-up Move entry/item up
19615 M-down Move entry/item down
19616 M-left Promote
19617 M-right Demote
19618 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19619 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19620 M-S-left Promote subtree
19621 M-S-right Demote subtree
19622 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19623 C-c ^ Sort entries
19624 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19625 TAB Cycle item visibility
19626 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19627 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19628 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19629
19630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19631
19632 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19633 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19634
19635 \(fn)" nil nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19638 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19639
19640 \(fn)" nil nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19643 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19644 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19645 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19646 call CMD.
19647
19648 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19649
19650 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19651 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19652 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19653 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19654
19655 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19656 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19657 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19658
19659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19660
19661 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19662 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19663 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19664
19665 \(fn)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19668 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19669 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19670 Org-mode syntax.
19671
19672 \(fn)" t nil)
19673
19674 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19675 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19676
19677 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19678
19679 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19680 Switch between Org buffers.
19681 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19682 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19683
19684 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19685 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19686
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19688
19689 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19690
19691 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19694 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19695 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19696 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19697
19698 \(fn)" t nil)
19699
19700 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19701 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19702
19703 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19704
19705 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19706 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19707 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19708
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19712 Reload all org lisp files.
19713 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19714
19715 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19716
19717 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19718 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19719
19720 \(fn)" t nil)
19721
19722 ;;;***
19723 \f
19724 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19725 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19726 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19727 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19728 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19729 ;;;;;; (20782 62165 534425 0))
19730 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19731
19732 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19733 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19734
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19736
19737 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19738 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19739 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19740 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19741
19742 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19743 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19744 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19745 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19746 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19747 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19748 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19749 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19750 e Export views to associated files.
19751 s Search entries for keywords.
19752 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19753 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19754 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19755 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19756 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19757 > Remove a previous restriction.
19758 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19759 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19760 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19761
19762 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19763 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19764 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19765
19766 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19767 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19768 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19769 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19770 \(if active).
19771
19772 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19775 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19776 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19777 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19778 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19779 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19780 before running the agenda command.
19781
19782 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19785 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19786 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19787 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19788 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19789 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19790 before running the agenda command.
19791
19792 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19793 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19794
19795 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19796
19797 category The category of the item
19798 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19799 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19800 todo selected in TODO match
19801 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19802 diary imported from diary
19803 deadline a deadline on given date
19804 scheduled scheduled on given date
19805 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19806 closed entry was closed on given date
19807 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19808 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19809 block entry has date block including g. date
19810 todo The todo keyword, if any
19811 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19812 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19813 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19814 extra Sting with extra planning info
19815 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19816 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19817 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19818
19819 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19820
19821 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19822
19823
19824 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19827 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19828
19829 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19832 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19833 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19834 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19835
19836 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19837 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19838 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19839
19840 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19841 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19846 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19847
19848 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19849 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19850 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19851 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19852 EDIT-AT.
19853
19854 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19855 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19856 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19857 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19858 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19859 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19860
19861 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19862 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19863 including newlines.
19864
19865 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19866 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19867 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19868 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19869 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19870 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19871 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19872
19873 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19874 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19875 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19876 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19877
19878 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19879 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19880 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19881 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19882 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19883 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19884 Boolean search must match as full words.
19885
19886 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19887 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19888
19889 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19892 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19893 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19894 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19895 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19896 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19897
19898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19901 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19902 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19903
19904 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19907 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19908 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19909 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19910 `org-stuck-projects'.
19911
19912 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19915 Return diary information from org files.
19916 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19917 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19918 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19919 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19920 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19921
19922 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19923
19924 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19925
19926 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19927 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19928
19929 &%%(org-diary)
19930
19931 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19932 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19933 So the example above may also be written as
19934
19935 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19936
19937 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19938 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19939 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19940
19941 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19944 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19945 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19946
19947 \(fn)" t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19950 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19951 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19952 appointments.
19953
19954 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19955 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19956
19957 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19958 for filtering entries out.
19959
19960 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19961 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19962 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19963
19964 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19965 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19966
19967 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19968 (category \"Work\"))
19969
19970 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19971 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19972
19973 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19974 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19975 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19976 details and examples.
19977
19978 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19979 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19980
19981 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19982
19983 ;;;***
19984 \f
19985 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
19986 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19987 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19988
19989 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19990 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19991 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19992 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19993 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19994 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19995 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19996 in org-export-latex-classes.
19997
19998 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19999
20000 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20001 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20002
20003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20004
20005 ;;;***
20006 \f
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20008 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20009 ;;;;;; 1786 641767 0))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20011
20012 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20013
20014
20015 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20016
20017 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20018 Capture something.
20019 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20020 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20021 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20022 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20023 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20024 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20025
20026 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20027 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20028 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20029 stored.
20030
20031 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20032
20033 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20034 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20035 will be bypassed.
20036
20037 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20038 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20039
20040 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20041
20042 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20043 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20044
20045 \(fn)" t nil)
20046
20047 ;;;***
20048 \f
20049 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20050 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20716 21904
20051 ;;;;;; 19206 0))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20055 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20056 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20057
20058 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20059
20060 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20061 Write the column view table.
20062 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20063
20064 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20065 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20066 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20067 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20068 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20069 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20070 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20071 using `org-id-find'.
20072 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20073 a hline before each level <= that number.
20074 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20075 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20076 :skip-empty-rows
20077 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20078 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20079
20080 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20081
20082 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20083 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20084
20085 \(fn)" t nil)
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20088 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20089
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20095 ;;;;;; (20723 1786 641767 0))
20096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20097
20098 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20099 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20100
20101 \(fn)" nil t)
20102
20103 ;;;***
20104 \f
20105 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20106 ;;;;;; (20782 62165 534425 0))
20107 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20108
20109 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20110 The release version of org-mode.
20111 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20112
20113 \(fn)" nil nil)
20114
20115 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20116 The Git version of org-mode.
20117 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20118
20119 \(fn)" nil nil)
20120
20121 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20122 The location of ODT styles.")
20123
20124 ;;;***
20125 \f
20126 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20127 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20129 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20130 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20131
20132 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20133 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20134 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20135 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20136
20137 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20138 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20139 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20140 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20141
20142 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20143 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20144 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20145 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20146 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20147 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20148
20149 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20150 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20151 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20152
20153 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20154 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20155 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20156 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20157 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20158 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20159 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20160 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20161 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20162 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20163 The subheadings remain visible.
20164 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20165
20166 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20167 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20168 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20169
20170 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20171 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20176 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20180
20181 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20182
20183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20184 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20185
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20189 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20190 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20191 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20193
20194 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20195 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20196 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20197 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20198 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20199
20200 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20201 activate the package system at any time.")
20202
20203 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20206 Install the package named NAME.
20207 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20208 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20209
20210 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20213 Install a package from the current buffer.
20214 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20215 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20216 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20217
20218 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20219 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20220 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20221
20222 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20225 Install a package from a file.
20226 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20227
20228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20231 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20232 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20233 makes them available for download.
20234
20235 \(fn)" t nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20238 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20239 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20240 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20245 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20246
20247 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20250 Display a list of packages.
20251 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20252 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20253 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20254
20255 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20256
20257 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20707 18685
20262 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20264
20265 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20266 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20267 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20270 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20271
20272 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20273
20274 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20275 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20278 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20279
20280 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20281 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20282 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20283
20284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20285
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20291 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20292
20293 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20294 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20295 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20296 unknown are returned as nil.
20297
20298 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20299
20300 ;;;***
20301 \f
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20707
20303 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20305
20306 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20307 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20308 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20309
20310 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20311 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20312
20313 Other useful functions are:
20314
20315 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20316 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20317 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20318 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20319 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20320 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20321 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20322 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20323 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20324
20325 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20326
20327 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20328 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20329 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20330 Indentation for case statements.
20331 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20332 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20333 mark after an end.
20334 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20335 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20336 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20337 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20338 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20339 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20340 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20341 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20342 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20343 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20344
20345 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20346 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20347
20348 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20349 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20350
20351 \(fn)" t nil)
20352
20353 ;;;***
20354 \f
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20356 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20707 18685 911514
20357 ;;;;;; 0))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20359
20360 (defvar password-cache t "\
20361 Whether to cache passwords.")
20362
20363 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20364
20365 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20366 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20367 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20368
20369 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20370
20371 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20372 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20373
20374 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20375
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20379 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20381
20382 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20383 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20384 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20385
20386 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20387 _ matches anything.
20388 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20389 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20390 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20391 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20392 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20393 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20394 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20395 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20396 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20397 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20398
20399 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20400 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20401 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20402 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20403 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20404 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20405
20406 PRED can take the form
20407 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20408 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20409 which is the value being matched.
20410 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20411 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20412 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20413 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20414 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20415
20416 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20417
20418 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20419
20420 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20421 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20422 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20423 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20424
20425 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20426
20427 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20428
20429 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20430 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20431 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20432 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20433
20434 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20435
20436 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20437
20438 ;;;***
20439 \f
20440 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20707
20441 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20445 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 ;;;***
20450 \f
20451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20452 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20454
20455 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20456 Completion for `gzip'.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20461 Completion for `bzip2'.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20466 Completion for GNU `make'.
20467
20468 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20471 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20472
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474
20475 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20476
20477 ;;;***
20478 \f
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20480 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20481 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20484 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20489 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20494 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20495
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497
20498 ;;;***
20499 \f
20500 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20707
20501 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20502 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20503
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20505 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20506
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508
20509 ;;;***
20510 \f
20511 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20512 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20513 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20707 18685 911514
20514 ;;;;;; 0))
20515 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20518 Completion for `cd'.
20519
20520 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521
20522 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20525 Completion for `rmdir'.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20530 Completion for `rm'.
20531
20532 \(fn)" nil nil)
20533
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20535 Completion for `xargs'.
20536
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20542 Completion for `which'.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20547 Completion for the `chown' command.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20552 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20557 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20558
20559 \(fn)" nil nil)
20560
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20562 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20563 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20570 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20571 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20707
20572 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20573 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20576 Support extensible programmable completion.
20577 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20578 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20579
20580 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20581
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20583 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20584
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20588 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20589 This will modify the current buffer.
20590
20591 \(fn)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20594 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20595
20596 \(fn)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20599 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20600 This will modify the current buffer.
20601
20602 \(fn)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20605 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20606
20607 \(fn)" t nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20610 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20611
20612 \(fn)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20615 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20616 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20617 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20618 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20619
20620 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20621
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20623 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20624
20625 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626
20627 ;;;***
20628 \f
20629 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20630 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20631 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20633
20634 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20635 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20636 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20637 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20638
20639 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20640
20641 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20644 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20645 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20646 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20647 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20648 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20649 FLAGS is ignored.
20650
20651 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20654 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20655 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20656 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20657 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20658 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20659 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20660 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20661
20662 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20663
20664 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20665 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20666 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20667 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20668 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20669 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20670 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20671 passed to cvs.
20672
20673 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20676 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20677 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20678 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20679 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20680 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20681 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20682
20683 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20684
20685 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20686 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20687 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20688
20689 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20690
20691 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20692 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20693 A value of nil means never do it.
20694 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20695 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20696 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20697
20698 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20699
20700 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20701 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20702 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20703
20704 ;;;***
20705 \f
20706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20707 18685
20707 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20709
20710 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20711 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20712
20713 ;;;***
20714 \f
20715 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20716 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20718 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20719 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20720 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20721 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20722 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20723 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20724
20725 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20726 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20727 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20728 Tab indents for Perl code.
20729 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20730 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20731 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20732 \\{perl-mode-map}
20733 Variables controlling indentation style:
20734 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20735 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20736 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20737 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20738 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20739 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20740 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20741 `perl-nochange'
20742 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20743 `perl-indent-level'
20744 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20745 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20746 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20747 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20748 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20749 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20750 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20751 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20752 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20753 `perl-brace-offset'
20754 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20755 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20756 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20757 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20758 `perl-label-offset'
20759 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20760 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20761 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20762
20763 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20764 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20765 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20766 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20767 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20768 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20769 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20770
20771 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20772
20773 \(fn)" t nil)
20774
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20778 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20780
20781 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20782 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20783 \\<picture-mode-map>
20784 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20785 afterwards settable by these commands:
20786
20787 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20788 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20789 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20790 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20791
20792 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20793 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20794 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20795 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20796
20797 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20798 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20799 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20800 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20801
20802 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20803 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20804 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20805 with these commands:
20806
20807 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20808 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20809 Move to column following last
20810 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20811 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20812 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20813 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20814 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20815 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20816
20817 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20818
20819 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20820 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20821 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20822 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20823 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20824 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20825
20826 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20827 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20828 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20829 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20830 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20831 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20832 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20833
20834 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20835 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20836 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20837 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20838 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20839 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20840 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20841 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20842
20843 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20844 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20845 by supplying an argument.
20846
20847 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20848
20849 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20850 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20851
20852 \(fn)" t nil)
20853
20854 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20855
20856 ;;;***
20857 \f
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20859 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20861
20862 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20863 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20864
20865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20868 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20869
20870 \(fn)" t nil)
20871
20872 ;;;***
20873 \f
20874 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20875 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20877
20878 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20879 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20880 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20881
20882 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20883
20884 ;;;***
20885 \f
20886 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20707 18685 911514
20887 ;;;;;; 0))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20889
20890 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20891 Play pong and waste time.
20892 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20893 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20894
20895 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20896
20897 \\{pong-mode-map}
20898
20899 \(fn)" t nil)
20900
20901 ;;;***
20902 \f
20903 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20707 18685
20904 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20906
20907 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20908 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20909 Use streaming commands.
20910
20911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20912
20913 ;;;***
20914 \f
20915 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20916 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20917 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20919
20920 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20921 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20922 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20923 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20924
20925 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20928 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20929
20930 \(fn)" nil nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20933 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20934 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20935 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20936 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20937
20938 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20939
20940 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20941 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20942 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20943
20944 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20945
20946 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20947 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20948
20949 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20952 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20953 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20954 Ignores leading comment characters.
20955
20956 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20959 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20960 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20961 Ignores leading comment characters.
20962
20963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20968 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20969 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20970 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20971 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20972 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20973 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20974 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20975 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20976 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20977 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20978 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20979 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20980 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20981 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20982 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20983 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20984 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20985 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20989 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20990
20991 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20992
20993 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20994
20995 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20996
20997 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20998 Preview directory using ghostview.
20999
21000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21001 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21002 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21003 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21004
21005 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21006 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21007 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21008 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21009 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21010 file name.
21011
21012 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21013
21014 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21017 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21018
21019 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21020 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21021 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21022 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21023
21024 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21025 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21026 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21027 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21028 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21029 file name.
21030
21031 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21032
21033 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21036 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21037
21038 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21039 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21040 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21041 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21042
21043 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21044 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21045 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21046 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21047 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21048 file name.
21049
21050 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21051
21052 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053
21054 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21055 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21056
21057 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21058
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21060 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21061 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21062 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21063
21064 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21065 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21066 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21067 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21068 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21069 file name.
21070
21071 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21072
21073 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21076 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21077
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21080 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21084 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21085 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21090 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21091
21092 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21093 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21094 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21095
21096 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21097 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21098 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21099 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21100
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21104 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21105
21106 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21107 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21108 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21109
21110 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21111 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21112 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21113 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21114
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21118 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21119
21120 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21123 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21124 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21127 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21128 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21129 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21130
21131 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21134 Preview region using ghostview.
21135
21136 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21137
21138 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21141 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21142
21143 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21144
21145 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21148 Print region using PostScript printer.
21149
21150 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21151
21152 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153
21154 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21155 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21156
21157 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21158
21159 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160
21161 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21162 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21163
21164 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21165
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21169 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21170
21171 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21172
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21176 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21177
21178 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21179
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21184
21185 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21186
21187 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21190 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21191 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21192 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21193
21194 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21195 matching.
21196
21197 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21198 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21199
21200 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21201
21202 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21205 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21206 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21207 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21212 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21213 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21214 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21215
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21219 Print directory using text printer.
21220
21221 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21222 matching.
21223
21224 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21225 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21226
21227 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21228
21229 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21232 Print buffer using text printer.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21237 Print region using text printer.
21238
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21242 Print major mode using text printer.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21247 Preview spooled PostScript.
21248
21249 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21250 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21251 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21252
21253 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21254 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21255 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21256
21257 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21260 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21261
21262 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21263 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21264 instead of sending it to the printer.
21265
21266 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21267 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21268 image in a file with that name.
21269
21270 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21273 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21274
21275 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21276 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21277 instead of sending it to the printer.
21278
21279 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21280 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21281 image in a file with that name.
21282
21283 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21286 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21287
21288 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21289 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21290 instead of sending it to the printer.
21291
21292 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21293 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21294 image in a file with that name.
21295
21296 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21299 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21300
21301 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21304 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21305
21306 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21309 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21310
21311 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21314 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21315
21316 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21319 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21320
21321 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21324 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21325
21326 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21327 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21328 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21329 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21330
21331 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21332 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21333 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21334 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21335 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21336 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21337 file name.
21338
21339 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21342 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21347 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21348
21349 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21350 right.
21351 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21352 bottom.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21357 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21362 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21367 Toggle printing with faces.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21372 Toggle spooling.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21377 Toggle duplex.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21382 Toggle tumble.
21383
21384 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21385 right.
21386 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21387 bottom.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21392 Toggle landscape.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21397 Toggle upside-down.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21402 Toggle line number.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21407 Toggle zebra stripes.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21412 Toggle printing header.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21417 Toggle printing header frame.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21422 Toggle menu lock.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21427 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21432 Toggle auto mode.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21437 Customization of the `printing' group.
21438
21439 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21442 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21443
21444 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21447 Help for the printing package.
21448
21449 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21452 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21457 Interactively select a text printer.
21458
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21462 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21463
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21467 Show current ps-print settings.
21468
21469 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21472 Show current printing settings.
21473
21474 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21477 Show current lpr settings.
21478
21479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21482 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21483
21484 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21485 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21486 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21487 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21488
21489
21490 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21491
21492 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21493 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21494 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21495
21496 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21497 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21498 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21499 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21500 current active printer.
21501
21502 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21503 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21504 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21505 printer.
21506
21507 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21508 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21509 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21510 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21511 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21512
21513
21514 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21515 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21516
21517 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21518
21519 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21520 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21521 be done using the new current active printer.
21522
21523 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21524 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21525 printer.
21526
21527 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21528 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21529 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21530 instead of sending it to the printer.
21531
21532 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21533 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21534 printer.
21535
21536 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21537
21538
21539 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21540 are both set to t.
21541
21542 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21543
21544 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21545 Fast fire function for text printing.
21546
21547 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21548 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21549 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21550 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21551
21552 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21553 user for a new active text printer.
21554
21555 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21556
21557 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21558
21559 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21560 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21561 printer.
21562
21563 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21564
21565 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21566 are both set to t.
21567
21568 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21569
21570 ;;;***
21571 \f
21572 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20707 18685 911514
21573 ;;;;;; 0))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21575
21576 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21577 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21578 \\<proced-mode-map>
21579 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21580 the process information.
21581
21582 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21583
21584 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21585 Proced buffers.
21586
21587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21588
21589 ;;;***
21590 \f
21591 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21592 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21593 ;;;;;; (20731 13121 306545 521000))
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21595
21596 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21597 Start/restart profilers.
21598 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21599 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21600 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21601
21602 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21603
21604 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21605 Open profile FILENAME.
21606
21607 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21608
21609 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21610 Open profile FILENAME.
21611
21612 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21613
21614 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21615 Open profile FILENAME.
21616
21617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21618
21619 ;;;***
21620 \f
21621 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21622 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
21623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21624
21625 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21626 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21627
21628 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21629 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21630
21631 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21632
21633 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21634 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21635
21636 Commands:
21637 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21638 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21639 if that value is non-nil.
21640
21641 \(fn)" t nil)
21642
21643 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21644 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21645 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21646
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21650 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21651 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21652
21653 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21654
21655 ;;;***
21656 \f
21657 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20707
21658 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21660
21661 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21662 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21663 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21664
21665 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21666
21667 ;;;***
21668 \f
21669 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20707
21670 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21672
21673 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21674 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21675
21676 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21677
21678 The following variables hold user options, and can
21679 be set through the `customize' command:
21680
21681 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21682 `ps-mode-tab'
21683 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21684 `ps-mode-print-function'
21685 `ps-run-prompt'
21686 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21687 `ps-run-x'
21688 `ps-run-dumb'
21689 `ps-run-init'
21690 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21691 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21692
21693 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21694
21695
21696 \\{ps-mode-map}
21697
21698
21699 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21700 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21701 The keymap for this second window is:
21702
21703 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21704
21705
21706 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21707 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21708 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21709 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21710 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21711
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21713
21714 ;;;***
21715 \f
21716 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21717 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21718 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21719 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21720 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21721 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20707
21722 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21723 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21724
21725 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21726 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21727 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21728
21729 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21730
21731 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21732 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21733 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21734 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21735
21736 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21737
21738 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21739 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21740
21741 Valid values are:
21742
21743 nil Do not print colors.
21744
21745 t Print colors.
21746
21747 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21748 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21749
21750 Any other value is treated as t.")
21751
21752 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21753
21754 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21755 Customization of ps-print group.
21756
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21760 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21761
21762 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21763 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21764 sending it to the printer.
21765
21766 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21767 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21768 image in a file with that name.
21769
21770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21771
21772 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21773 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21774 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21775 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21776 so it has a way to determine color values.
21777
21778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21781 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21782 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21783
21784 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21785
21786 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21787 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21788 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21789 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21790 so it has a way to determine color values.
21791
21792 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21796 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21797 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21798
21799 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21800
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21805 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21806 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21807 so it has a way to determine color values.
21808
21809 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810
21811 \(fn)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21814 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21815 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21816
21817 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21818
21819 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21822 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21823 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21824 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21825 so it has a way to determine color values.
21826
21827 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21828
21829 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21832 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21833
21834 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21835 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21836 instead of sending it to the printer.
21837
21838 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21839 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21840 image in a file with that name.
21841
21842 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21845 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21846 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21847 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21848 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21849
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21853 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21854 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21855
21856 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21857
21858 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21859 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21860 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21861
21862 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21865 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21866
21867 \(fn)" nil nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21870 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21871
21872 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21873 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21874
21875 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21876 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21877
21878 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21879
21880 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21881
21882 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21883
21884 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21885 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21886
21887 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21888 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21889
21890 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21891 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21892
21893 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21894
21895 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21896
21897 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21898
21899 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21900 foreground and background colors respectively.
21901
21902 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21903 bold - use bold font.
21904 italic - use italic font.
21905 underline - put a line under text.
21906 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21907 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21908 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21909 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21910 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21911
21912 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21913
21914 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21915
21916 ;;;***
21917 \f
21918 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21919 ;;;;;; (20773 47373 975742 0))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21921
21922 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21923
21924 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21925
21926 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21927 Run an inferior Python process.
21928 Input and output via buffer named after
21929 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21930 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21931
21932 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21933 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21934 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21935 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21936
21937 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21938 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21939 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21940
21941 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21944 Major mode for editing Python files.
21945
21946 \\{python-mode-map}
21947 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21948 if that value is non-nil.
21949
21950 \(fn)" t nil)
21951
21952 ;;;***
21953 \f
21954 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21955 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
21956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21957
21958 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21959 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21960 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21961 coding-system.
21962
21963 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21964 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21965
21966 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21967 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21968 them into characters should be done separately.
21969
21970 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21971
21972 ;;;***
21973 \f
21974 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21975 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21976 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21977 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21978 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21980
21981 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21982 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21983
21984 \(fn)" nil nil)
21985
21986 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21987 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21988 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21989
21990 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21991 `quail-activate', which see.
21992
21993 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21994
21995 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21996 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21997 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21998 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21999 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22000 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22001 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22002
22003 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22004 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22005 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22006 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22007 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22008 shown.
22009 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22010
22011 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22012 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22013 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22014 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22015 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22016 list of candidates.
22017
22018 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22019 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22020 command to be called.
22021
22022 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22023 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22024 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22025 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22026
22027 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22028 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22029 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22030 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22031 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22032 to t.
22033
22034 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22035 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22036 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22037 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22038
22039 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22040 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22041 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22042 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22043
22044 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22045 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22046 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22047 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22048 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22049 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22050
22051 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22052 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22053 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22054 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22055 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22056 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22057
22058 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22059 covers Quail translation region.
22060
22061 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22062 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22063 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22064 for it) is inserted.
22065
22066 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22067 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22068 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22069
22070 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22071 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22072 non-Quail commands.
22073
22074 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22075
22076 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22077 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22078
22079 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22080 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22081 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22082 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22083 you type is correctly handled.
22084
22085 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22088 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22089
22090 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22091 keyboard type.
22092
22093 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22094
22095 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22096 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22097 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22098 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22099 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22100 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22101 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22102 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22103 for the translation.
22104 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22105
22106 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22107 it is used to handle KEY.
22108
22109 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22110 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22111 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22112 the following annotation types are supported.
22113
22114 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22115 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22116
22117 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22118 candidate list.
22119
22120 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22121 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22122 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22123 inserted.
22124
22125 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22126 generated for the following translations.
22127
22128 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22129
22130 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22131 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22132
22133 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22134 which to install MAP.
22135
22136 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22137
22138 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22139
22140 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22141 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22142
22143 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22144 which to install MAP.
22145
22146 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22147
22148 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22149
22150 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22151 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22152 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22153 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22154 a function, or a cons.
22155 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22156 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22157 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22158 for the translation.
22159 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22160 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22161 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22162 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22163 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22164
22165 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22166 it is used to handle KEY.
22167
22168 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22169 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22170 current Quail package.
22171
22172 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22173 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22174
22175 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22178 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22179
22180 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22181 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22182
22183 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22184
22185 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22186 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22187
22188 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22189
22190 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22191 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22192 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22193 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22194 of the Emacs source tree.
22195
22196 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22197 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22198
22199 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22200 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22201 of each directory.
22202
22203 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22204
22205 ;;;***
22206 \f
22207 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22208 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22209 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20707
22210 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22212
22213 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22214 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22215 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22216 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22217
22218 To make use of this do something like:
22219
22220 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22221
22222 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22223
22224 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22225 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22226
22227 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22228 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22229 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22230
22231 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22232
22233 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22234 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22235
22236 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22239 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22240
22241 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22242 is decided.
22243
22244 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22247 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22248
22249 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22250 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22251 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22252
22253 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22256 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22257
22258 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22259
22260 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22261 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22262
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22266 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22267
22268 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22269
22270 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22271
22272 \(fn)" t nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22275 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22276
22277 \(fn)" t nil)
22278
22279 ;;;***
22280 \f
22281 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22282 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22284
22285 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22286 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22287
22288 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22289
22290 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22291
22292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22293
22294 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22295
22296 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22297
22298
22299 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22300
22301 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22302 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22303 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22306 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22307
22308 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22309
22310 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22311 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22313 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22314 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22315
22316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20707
22321 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22323
22324 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22325 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22326 See \\[compile].
22327
22328 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22329
22330 ;;;***
22331 \f
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22333 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22335
22336 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22337
22338 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22339 Construct a regexp interactively.
22340 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22341 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22342 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22343
22344 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22345 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22346
22347 \(fn)" t nil)
22348
22349 ;;;***
22350 \f
22351 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20707 18685
22352 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22354
22355 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22356 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22357 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22360 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22361
22362 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22365 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22368 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22369
22370 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22371 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22372 were operated on recently.
22373
22374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22379 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22380 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22381 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22382 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
22383 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22384
22385 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22386 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22387 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22388 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22389 ends.
22390
22391 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22392 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22393 to be deleted.
22394
22395 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22396
22397 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22399 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22400
22401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22402 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22403 deleted.
22404
22405 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22409 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22410
22411 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22414 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22415
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22418
22419 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22420 deleted.
22421
22422 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22423 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22424 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22425 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22426 even beep.)
22427
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22431 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22432
22433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22434
22435 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22437
22438 \(fn)" t nil)
22439
22440 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22441 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22442 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22443 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22444 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22445 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22446 and point is at the lower right corner.
22447
22448 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22449
22450 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22451 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22452
22453 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22454 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22455
22456 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22457 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22458 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22459
22460 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22461
22462 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22463
22464 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22465 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22466 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22467 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22468 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22469
22470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22472
22473 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22477 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22478
22479 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22480
22481 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22482
22483 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22484
22485 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22487
22488 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22489 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22490 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22491
22492 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22493
22494 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22495 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22496 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22497
22498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22500 rectangle which were empty.
22501
22502 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22503
22504 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22505 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22506
22507 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22508 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22509 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22510 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22511
22512 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22513
22514 ;;;***
22515 \f
22516 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20707
22517 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22519
22520 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22521 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22523 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22524 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22525
22526 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22527 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22528 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22529 auto-filling.
22530
22531 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22532
22533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534
22535 ;;;***
22536 \f
22537 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22538 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20707 18685
22539 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22541
22542 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22543 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22544
22545 \(fn)" nil nil)
22546
22547 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22548 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22549
22550 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22551 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22552
22553 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22554 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22555 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22556 \\ref macro.
22557
22558 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22559 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22560 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22561
22562 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22563 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22564 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22565
22566 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22567 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22568
22569 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22570 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22571
22572 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22573 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22574 on the menu bar.
22575
22576 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22577
22578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22579
22580 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22581 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22582 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22583
22584 \(fn)" nil nil)
22585
22586 ;;;***
22587 \f
22588 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22589 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22591
22592 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22593 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22594 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22595 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22596 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22597 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22598
22599 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22600
22601 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22602
22603 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22604 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22605 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22606 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22607 `reftex-cite-format'.
22608
22609 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22610 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22611 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22612 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22613
22614 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22615
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22619 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22621
22622 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22623 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22624 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22625 the current TeX document.
22626
22627 With no argument, this command toggles
22628 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22629 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22630
22631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22632
22633 ;;;***
22634 \f
22635 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22636 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22638
22639 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22640 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22641 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22642
22643 To insert new phrases, use
22644 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22645 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22646
22647 To index phrases use one of:
22648
22649 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22650 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22651 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22652 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22653 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22654
22655 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22656 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22657
22658 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22659
22660 Here are all local bindings.
22661
22662 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22663
22664 \(fn)" t nil)
22665
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22669 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22671
22672 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22673 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22674 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22675 of master file.
22676
22677 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22678
22679 ;;;***
22680 \f
22681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20707
22682 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22684 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22685 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22686 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22687 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22688
22689 ;;;***
22690 \f
22691 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22692 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22694
22695 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22696 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22697 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22698 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22699 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22700 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22701
22702 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22703 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22704
22705 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22706 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22707 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22708 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22709
22710 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22711
22712 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22713 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22714 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22715 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22716
22717 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22718
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22722 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (20746 41950 779927 439000))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22725
22726 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22727 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22728 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22729 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22730
22731 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22732
22733 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22734
22735 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22736 Call `remember' in another frame.
22737
22738 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22739
22740 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22741 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22742 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22743
22744 \(fn)" t nil)
22745
22746 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22747 Extract diary entries from the region.
22748
22749 \(fn)" nil nil)
22750
22751 ;;;***
22752 \f
22753 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20707 18685 911514
22754 ;;;;;; 0))
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22756
22757 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22758 Repeat most recently executed command.
22759 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22760 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22761 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22762
22763 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22764 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22765 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22766 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22767
22768 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22769 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22770 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22771
22772 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22773
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22777 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22779
22780 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22781 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22782
22783 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22784 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22785 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22786 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22787 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22788 and point is left after the salutation.
22789
22790 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22791 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22792 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22793 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22794 left after that text.
22795
22796 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22797 is non-nil.
22798
22799 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22800 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22801 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22802 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22803
22804 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22809 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22811
22812 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22813 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22814 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22815 visibility of comments that precede it.
22816 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22817 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22818 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22819 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22820 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22821 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22822 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22823 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22824 the comment lines.
22825 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22826 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22827 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22828 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22829 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22830
22831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22832
22833 ;;;***
22834 \f
22835 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22836 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22838
22839 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22840 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22843 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22844
22845 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22846 reveals invisible text around point.
22847
22848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22849
22850 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22851 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22852 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22855 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22856
22857 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22858
22859 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22860 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22861 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22862
22863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22864 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22865 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22866
22867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22868
22869 ;;;***
22870 \f
22871 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22872 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22874
22875 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22876 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22877
22878 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22879
22880 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22881 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22882
22883 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22884
22885 ;;;***
22886 \f
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20707 18685
22888 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22890
22891 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22892 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22893 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22894 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22895
22896 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22897
22898 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22899 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22900 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22901 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22902
22903 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22904 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22905
22906 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22907 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22908
22909 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22910 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22911 INPUT-ARGS.
22912
22913 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22914 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22915 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22916 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22917 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22918
22919 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22920 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22921 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22922 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22923
22924 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22925 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22926 variable.
22927
22928 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22929
22930 ;;;***
22931 \f
22932 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22933 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22934 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22935 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22936 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22937 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20728 47414 952831
22938 ;;;;;; 0))
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22940
22941 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22942 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22943
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22945
22946 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22949 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22950 Its name should end with a slash.")
22951
22952 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22953 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22954
22955 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22956 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22957 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22958
22959 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22960
22961 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22962 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22963 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22964 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22965 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22966 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22967 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22968
22969 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22970 sent by you under different user names.
22971 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22972
22973 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22974
22975 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22976
22977 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22978
22979 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22980 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22981 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22982 explicitly.")
22983
22984 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22985
22986 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22987 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22988 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22989 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22990 which normally happens once for each message,
22991 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22992 To make a change in this variable take effect
22993 for a message that you have already viewed,
22994 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22999 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23000 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23001 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23002
23003 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23004
23005 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23006 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23007
23008 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23009
23010 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23011 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23012 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23013
23014 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23015
23016 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23017 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23018 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23019 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23020 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23021 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23022
23023 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23024
23025 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23026 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23027
23028 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23029
23030 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23031 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23032
23033 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23034
23035 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23036 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23037
23038 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23039 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23040
23041 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23042
23043 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23044 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23045
23046 This is set to nil by default.")
23047
23048 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23049 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23050 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23051 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23052 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23053 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23054 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23055
23056 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23057 Read and edit incoming mail.
23058 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23059 file in RMAIL Mode.
23060 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23061
23062 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23063 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23064 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23065 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23066
23067 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23068
23069 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23070
23071 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23072 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23073 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23074 Instead, these commands are available:
23075
23076 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23077 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23078 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23079 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23080 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23081 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23082 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23083 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23084 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23085 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23086 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23087 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23088 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23089 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23090 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23091 till a deleted message is found.
23092 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23093 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23094 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23095 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23096 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23097 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23098 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23099 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23100 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23101 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23102 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23103 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23104 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23105 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23106 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23107 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23108 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23109 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23110 (label defaults to last one specified).
23111 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23112 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23113 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23114 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23115 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23116 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23117 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23118 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23119 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23124 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23125
23126 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23127
23128 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23129 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23130
23131 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23136 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20707 18685
23137 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23139 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23140
23141 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23142 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23143 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23144 case it writes Babyl.
23145
23146 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23147 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23148 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23149 `rmail-default-file'.
23150
23151 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23152 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23153 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23154
23155 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23156 the header display is currently pruned.
23157
23158 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23159 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23160 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23161 messages after output.
23162
23163 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23164 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23165 message (if writing a file directly).
23166
23167 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23168 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23169
23170 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23171
23172 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23173 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23174 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23175 i) the header is output as currently seen
23176 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23177 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23178
23179 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23180 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23181 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23182
23183 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23184
23185 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23186 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23187 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23188 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23189 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23190 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23191 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23192
23193 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23194 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23195 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23196
23197 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23198
23199 ;;;***
23200 \f
23201 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23202 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23204
23205 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23206 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23207 Return a pattern.
23208
23209 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23210
23211 ;;;***
23212 \f
23213 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23214 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23215 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23216
23217 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23218 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23219 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23220 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23221
23222 \(fn)" t nil)
23223
23224 ;;;***
23225 \f
23226 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23227 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23229
23230 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23231 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23232
23233 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23234 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23235 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23236 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23237 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23238 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23239 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23240 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23241 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23242 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23243
23244 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23245 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23246 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23247 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23248 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23249 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23250 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23251 to use for finding the schema.
23252
23253 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23254
23255 ;;;***
23256 \f
23257 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20707
23258 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23259 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23260
23261 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23262
23263 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23264 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23265 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23266 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23267 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23268 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23269 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23270 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23271 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23272 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23273 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23274 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23275 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23276 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23277 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23278 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23279 must be equal.
23280
23281 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23282
23283 ;;;***
23284 \f
23285 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23286 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28531 447943 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23288
23289 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23290 Define a robin package.
23291
23292 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23293 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23294 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23295 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23296
23297 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23298 one replaces the old one.
23299
23300 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23301
23302 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23303 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23304
23305 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23306 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23307 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23308
23309 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23310
23311 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23312 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23313
23314 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23315
23316 ;;;***
23317 \f
23318 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23319 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20707 18685 911514
23320 ;;;;;; 0))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23322
23323 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23324 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23325
23326 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23327
23328 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23329 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23330
23331 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23332
23333 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23334 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23335
23336 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23337
23338 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23339 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23340 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23341
23342 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23343 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23344 in ROT13.
23345
23346 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23347
23348 \(fn)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23351 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23352
23353 \(fn)" t nil)
23354
23355 ;;;***
23356 \f
23357 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23358 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23361
23362 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23363 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23364 \\<rst-mode-map>
23365
23366 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23367 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23368 highlighting.
23369
23370 \\{rst-mode-map}
23371
23372 \(fn)" t nil)
23373
23374 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23375 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23377 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23378 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23379
23380 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23381 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23382 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23383
23384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23385
23386 ;;;***
23387 \f
23388 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23389 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23391
23392 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23393 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23394 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23395 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23396 nesting into account.
23397
23398 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23399
23400 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23401
23402 \(fn)" t nil)
23403
23404 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23405
23406 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23407
23408 ;;;***
23409 \f
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20707
23411 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23413
23414 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23415 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23416 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23417
23418 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23419 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23420 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23421 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23422 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23423
23424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23425
23426 ;;;***
23427 \f
23428 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20707
23429 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23431
23432 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23433 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23434 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23435 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23436
23437 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23438
23439 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23440 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23441 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23442
23443 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23444 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23445 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23446
23447 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23448 notation.
23449
23450 STRING
23451 matches string STRING literally.
23452
23453 CHAR
23454 matches character CHAR literally.
23455
23456 `not-newline', `nonl'
23457 matches any character except a newline.
23458
23459 `anything'
23460 matches any character
23461
23462 `(any SET ...)'
23463 `(in SET ...)'
23464 `(char SET ...)'
23465 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23466 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23467 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23468
23469 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23470 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23471 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23472 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23473
23474 `(not (any SET ...))'
23475 matches any character not in SET ...
23476
23477 `line-start', `bol'
23478 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23479 in the text being matched
23480
23481 `line-end', `eol'
23482 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23483
23484 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23485 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23486 string being matched against.
23487
23488 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23489 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23490 string being matched against.
23491
23492 `buffer-start'
23493 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23494 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23495
23496 `buffer-end'
23497 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23498 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23499
23500 `point'
23501 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23502
23503 `word-start', `bow'
23504 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23505
23506 `word-end', `eow'
23507 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23508
23509 `word-boundary'
23510 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23511 word.
23512
23513 `(not word-boundary)'
23514 `not-word-boundary'
23515 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23516 word.
23517
23518 `symbol-start'
23519 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23520
23521 `symbol-end'
23522 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23523
23524 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23525 matches 0 through 9.
23526
23527 `control', `cntrl'
23528 matches ASCII control characters.
23529
23530 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23531 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23532
23533 `blank'
23534 matches space and tab only.
23535
23536 `graphic', `graph'
23537 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23538 space, and DEL.
23539
23540 `printing', `print'
23541 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23542 and DEL.
23543
23544 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23545 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23546 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23547
23548 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23549 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23550 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23551
23552 `ascii'
23553 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23554
23555 `nonascii'
23556 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23557
23558 `lower', `lower-case'
23559 matches anything lower-case.
23560
23561 `upper', `upper-case'
23562 matches anything upper-case.
23563
23564 `punctuation', `punct'
23565 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23566 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23567
23568 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23569 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23570
23571 `word', `wordchar'
23572 matches anything that has word syntax.
23573
23574 `not-wordchar'
23575 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23576
23577 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23578 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23579 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23580 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23581
23582 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23583 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23584 `word' (\\sw)
23585 `symbol' (\\s_)
23586 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23587 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23588 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23589 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23590 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23591 `escape' (\\s\\)
23592 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23593 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23594 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23595 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23596 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23597
23598 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23599 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23600
23601 `(category CATEGORY)'
23602 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23603 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23604
23605 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23606 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23607 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23608 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23609 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23610 `symbol' (\\c5)
23611 `digit' (\\c6)
23612 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23613 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23614 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23615 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23616 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23617 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23618 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23619 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23620 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23621 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23622 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23623 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23624 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23625 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23626 `ascii' (\\ca)
23627 `arabic' (\\cb)
23628 `chinese' (\\cc)
23629 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23630 `greek' (\\cg)
23631 `korean' (\\ch)
23632 `indian' (\\ci)
23633 `japanese' (\\cj)
23634 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23635 `latin' (\\cl)
23636 `lao' (\\co)
23637 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23638 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23639 `thai' (\\ct)
23640 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23641 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23642 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23643 `can-break' (\\c|)
23644
23645 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23646 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23647
23648 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23651 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23652 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23653
23654 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23655 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23656 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23657 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23658
23659 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23660 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23661 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23662 group number N.
23663
23664 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23665 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23666 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23667 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23668 regular expression.
23669
23670 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23671 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23672 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23673 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23674 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23675
23676 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23677 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23678
23679 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23680 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23681
23682 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23683 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23684 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23685
23686 `(* SEXP ...)'
23687 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23688 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23689
23690 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23691 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23692 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23693
23694 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23695 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23696 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23697
23698 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23699 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23700
23701 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23702 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23703
23704 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23705 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23706 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23707 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23708
23709 `(? SEXP ...)'
23710 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23711
23712 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23713 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23714
23715 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23716 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23717 matches N occurrences.
23718
23719 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23720 matches N or more occurrences.
23721
23722 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23723 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23724 matches N to M occurrences.
23725
23726 `(backref N)'
23727 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23728
23729 `(eval FORM)'
23730 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23731 `regexp-quote' it.
23732
23733 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23734 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23735
23736 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23737
23738 ;;;***
23739 \f
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20707
23741 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23743
23744 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23745 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23746 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23749 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23750
23751 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23752
23753 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23754 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23756 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23757 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23758
23759 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23760 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23761 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23762 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23763
23764 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23765 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23766 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23767
23768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23769
23770 ;;;***
23771 \f
23772 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23773 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23775
23776 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23777 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23778 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23779
23780 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23781 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23782 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23783 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23784 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23785 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23786 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23787 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23788
23789 Commands:
23790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23791 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23792 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23793 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23794 if that value is non-nil.
23795
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23797
23798 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23799 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23800 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23801
23802 Commands:
23803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23804 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23805 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23806 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23807 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23808 that variable's value is a string.
23809
23810 \(fn)" t nil)
23811
23812 ;;;***
23813 \f
23814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23815 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23817
23818 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23819 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23820 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23821
23822 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23823
23824 \(fn)" t nil)
23825
23826 ;;;***
23827 \f
23828 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23829 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23830 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23831
23832 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23833 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23834 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23837 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23838
23839 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23840
23841 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23842 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23844 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23845 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23846
23847 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23848 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23849
23850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23851
23852 ;;;***
23853 \f
23854 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23855 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23856 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23857
23858 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23859 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23861 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23862 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23863 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23864 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23865 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23866
23867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23868
23869 ;;;***
23870 \f
23871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20707 18685 911514
23872 ;;;;;; 0))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23874 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23875 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23876
23877 ;;;***
23878 \f
23879 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20748 34276 6200 0))
23881 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23882
23883 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23884 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23885 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23886
23887 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23888 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23889 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23890 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23891 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23892 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23893 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23894 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23895 keybinding for tag names.
23896 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23897 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23898 of the symbol under point.
23899 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23900 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23901 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23902 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23903 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23904 syntax tokens.
23905 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23906
23907 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23908
23909 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23910 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23911 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23914 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23917
23918 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23919 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23922 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23923
23924 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23925 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23926 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23927 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23928 Semantic mode.
23929
23930 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23931
23932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23933
23934 ;;;***
23935 \f
23936 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23939
23940 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23941 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23942
23943 \(fn)" t nil)
23944
23945 ;;;***
23946 \f
23947 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23950
23951 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23952 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23953
23954 \(fn)" t nil)
23955
23956 ;;;***
23957 \f
23958 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23959 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23960 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
23961 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
23962 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
23963 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23964 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23965 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23966 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23968
23969 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23970 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23971
23972 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23973 king@grassland.com
23974 If `parens', they look like:
23975 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23976 If `angles', they look like:
23977 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23978
23979 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23980 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23981
23982 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23983
23984 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23985 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23986 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23987 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23988
23989 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23990 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23991 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23992 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23997 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23998 This is done when the message is initialized,
23999 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24000
24001 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24002
24003 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24004 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24005 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24006
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24008
24009 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24010 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24011 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24012 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24013 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24014 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24015 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24016
24017 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24018
24019 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24020 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24021
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24023
24024 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24025 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24026 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24027 be a Babyl file.")
24028
24029 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24030
24031 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24032 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24033 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24034 when you first send mail.")
24035
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24037
24038 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24039 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24040 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24041 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24042 This file need not actually exist.")
24043
24044 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24045
24046 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24047 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24048
24049 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24050
24051 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24052 Alist of mail address aliases,
24053 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24054 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24055 can specify a different file name.)
24056 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24057 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24058
24059 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24060 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24061 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24062
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24064
24065 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24066 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24067 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24068
24069 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24070
24071 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24072 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24073 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24074 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24075 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24076 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24077 in the cited portion of the message.
24078
24079 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24080 instead of no action.")
24081
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24083
24084 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24085 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24086 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24087 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24088 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24089
24090 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24091
24092 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24093 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24094 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24095 If a string, that string is inserted.
24096 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24097 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24098 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24099 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24100
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24102
24103 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24104 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24105
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24107
24108 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24109 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24110 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24111
24112 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24113 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24114
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24116
24117 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24118 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24119 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24120 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24121
24122 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24123
24124 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24125 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24126 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24127
24128 \(fn)" nil nil)
24129
24130 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24131
24132 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24133
24134
24135 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24136
24137 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24138 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24139 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24140
24141 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24142 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24143
24144 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24145 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24146 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24147 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24148 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24149 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24150 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24151 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24152 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24153 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24154 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24155 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24156 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24157 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24158
24159 \(fn)" t nil)
24160
24161 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24162 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24163 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24164 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24165
24166 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24167
24168 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24169 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24170 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24171 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24172 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24173 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24174
24175 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24176 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24177 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24178
24179 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24180 User should not set this variable manually,
24181 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24182 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24183 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24184
24185 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24186 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24187 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24188 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24189
24190 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24191 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24192
24193 \\<mail-mode-map>
24194 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24195
24196 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24197 to move to message header fields:
24198 \\{mail-mode-map}
24199
24200 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24201 when the message is initialized.
24202
24203 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24204 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24205
24206 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24207 is inserted.
24208
24209 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24210 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24211
24212 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24213 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24214 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24215 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24216 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24217 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24218 buffer without erasing the contents.
24219
24220 The second through fifth arguments,
24221 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24222 the initial contents of those header fields.
24223 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24224 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24225 original message being replied to, or else an action
24226 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24227 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24228 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24229 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24230 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24231 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24232
24233 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24234
24235 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24236 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24237
24238 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24239
24240 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24241 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24242
24243 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24244
24245 ;;;***
24246 \f
24247 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24248 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20763
24249 ;;;;;; 5110 492774 0))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24251
24252 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24253
24254 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24255
24256 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24257
24258 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24259 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24260 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24261 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24262 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24263 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24264
24265 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24266 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24267
24268 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24269 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24270 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24271
24272 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24273 \\[server-start].
24274
24275 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24276
24277 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24278 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24279 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24280 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24281
24282 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24283
24284 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24285 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24286 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24289 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24290
24291 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24292
24293 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24294 Toggle Server mode.
24295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24297 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24298
24299 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24300 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24301 `server-start' for details.
24302
24303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24304
24305 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24306 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24307 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24308
24309 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24310 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24311
24312 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24313
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24318
24319 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24320 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24321 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24322
24323 Key definitions:
24324 \\{ses-mode-map}
24325 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24326 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24327 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24328 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24329
24330 \(fn)" t nil)
24331
24332 ;;;***
24333 \f
24334 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24335 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24337
24338 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24339 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24340 Makes > match <.
24341 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24342 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24343
24344 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24345 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24346 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24347
24348 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24349 in your init file.
24350
24351 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24352
24353 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24354 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24355 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24356
24357 \(fn)" t nil)
24358
24359 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24360 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24361 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24362 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24363 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24364 which this is based.
24365
24366 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24367
24368 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24369 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24370 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24371 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24372
24373 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24374 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24375 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24376
24377 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24378 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24379 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24380 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24381
24382 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24383 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24384 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24385 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24386
24387 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24388
24389 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24390 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24391 To work around that, do:
24392 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24393
24394 \\{html-mode-map}
24395
24396 \(fn)" t nil)
24397
24398 ;;;***
24399 \f
24400 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24401 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24403 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24404
24405 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24406 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24407 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24408 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24409 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24410 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24411
24412 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24413 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24414 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24415 shell-specific features.
24416
24417 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24418 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24419 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24420 \\<sh-mode-map>
24421 \\[sh-case] case statement
24422 \\[sh-for] for loop
24423 \\[sh-function] function definition
24424 \\[sh-if] if statement
24425 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24426 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24427 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24428 \\[sh-select] select loop
24429 \\[sh-until] until loop
24430 \\[sh-while] while loop
24431
24432 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24433 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24434 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24435 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24436 would indent to the way it currently is.
24437 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24438 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24439
24440
24441 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24442 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24443 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24444 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24445 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24446 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24447
24448 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24449 unquoted < insert a here document.
24450
24451 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24452 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24453 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24454
24455 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24456 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24457
24458 \(fn)" t nil)
24459
24460 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24461
24462 ;;;***
24463 \f
24464 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24465 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24467
24468 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24469 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24470
24471 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24472 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24473 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24474
24475 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24476 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24477 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24478 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24479 the earlier.
24480
24481 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24482
24483 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24484
24485 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24486 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24487 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24488
24489 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24490 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24491
24492 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24493 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24494 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24495 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24496 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24497 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24498 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24499 Emacs version).
24500
24501 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24502 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24503 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24504 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24505 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24506
24507 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24508 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24509
24510 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24511
24512 ;;;***
24513 \f
24514 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24515 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20707
24516 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24518
24519 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24520 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24521 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24522 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24523 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24524 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24525 sites in the cluster.
24526
24527 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24528
24529 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24530 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24531 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24532 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24533 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24534
24535 \(fn)" t nil)
24536
24537 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24538 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24539 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24540 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24541 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24542 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24543 `shadow-define-cluster').
24544
24545 \(fn)" t nil)
24546
24547 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24548 Set up file shadowing.
24549
24550 \(fn)" t nil)
24551
24552 ;;;***
24553 \f
24554 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24555 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24556 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24557
24558 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24559 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24560 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24561 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24562 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24563 arguments.")
24564
24565 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24566
24567 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24568 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24569 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24570 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24571 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24572
24573 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24574 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24575 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24576 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24577 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24578 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24579 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24580 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24581 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24582 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24583 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24584
24585 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24586 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24587 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24588 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24589 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24590 `default-process-coding-system'.
24591
24592 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24593 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24594 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24595 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24596
24597 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24598
24599 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24600
24601 ;;;***
24602 \f
24603 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20707
24604 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24606
24607 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24608 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24609 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24610 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24611
24612 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24613
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24617 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20707 18685 911514
24618 ;;;;;; 0))
24619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24620
24621 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24622
24623
24624 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24625
24626 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24627
24628
24629 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24630
24631 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24632
24633
24634 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24635
24636 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24637
24638
24639 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24640
24641 ;;;***
24642 \f
24643 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24644 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24646
24647 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24648 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24649 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24650 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24651 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24652
24653 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24654
24655 \(fn)" t nil)
24656
24657 ;;;***
24658 \f
24659 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20707
24660 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24662
24663 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24664 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24665 \\{simula-mode-map}
24666 Variables controlling indentation style:
24667 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24668 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24669 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24670 `simula-indent-level'
24671 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24672 `simula-substatement-offset'
24673 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24674 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24675 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24676 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24677 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24678 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24679 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24680 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24681 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24682 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24683 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24684 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24685 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24686 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24687 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24688 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24689 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24690 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24691 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24692 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24693 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24694 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24695 or nil if they should not be changed.
24696 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24697 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24698 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24699 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24700
24701 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24702 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24703
24704 \(fn)" t nil)
24705
24706 ;;;***
24707 \f
24708 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24709 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20707 18685 911514
24710 ;;;;;; 0))
24711 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24712
24713 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24714 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24715
24716 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24717 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24718 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24719 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24720
24721 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24722
24723 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24724
24725 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24726 Insert SKELETON.
24727 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24728 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24729 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24730 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24731 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24732
24733 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24734 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24735
24736 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24737
24738 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24739 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24740
24741 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24742 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24743 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24744 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24745
24746 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24747 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24748 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24749 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24750
24751 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24752 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24753 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24754
24755 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24756 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24757
24758 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24759 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24760
24761 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24762 _ interesting point, interregion here
24763 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24764 interesting point set by _
24765 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24766 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24767 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24768 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24769 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24770 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24771 nil skipped
24772
24773 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24774 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24775
24776 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24777 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24778 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24779 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24780 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24781 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24782 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24783 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24784
24785 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24786 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24787 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24788 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24789 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24790 available:
24791
24792 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24793 then: insert previously read string once more
24794 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24795 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24796 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24797
24798 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24799 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24800
24801 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24802
24803 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24804 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24805
24806 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24807 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24808 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24809 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24810 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24811 such as backslash.
24812
24813 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24814 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24815 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24816
24817 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24818
24819 ;;;***
24820 \f
24821 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24822 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24823 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24824
24825 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24826 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24827 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24828 buffer names.
24829
24830 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24831
24832 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24833 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24835 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24836 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24837 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24838
24839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24840
24841 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24842 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24843 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24844
24845 \(fn)" t nil)
24846
24847 ;;;***
24848 \f
24849 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24850 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24852
24853 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24854 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24855 A list of images is returned.
24856
24857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24858
24859 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24860 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24861 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24862
24863 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24864
24865 ;;;***
24866 \f
24867 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24868 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24870
24871 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24872
24873
24874 \(fn)" nil nil)
24875
24876 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24877 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24878
24879 \(fn)" t nil)
24880
24881 ;;;***
24882 \f
24883 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20707 18685 911514
24884 ;;;;;; 0))
24885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24886
24887 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24888 Play the Snake game.
24889 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24890
24891 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24892
24893 Snake mode keybindings:
24894 \\<snake-mode-map>
24895 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24896 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24897 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24898 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24899 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24900 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24901 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24902
24903 \(fn)" t nil)
24904
24905 ;;;***
24906 \f
24907 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24908 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24910
24911 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24912 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24913 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24914 Tab indents for C code.
24915 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24916 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24917 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24918 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24919 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24920
24921 \(fn)" t nil)
24922
24923 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24924 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24925 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24926 Tab indents for C code.
24927 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24928 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24929 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24930 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24931 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24932
24933 \(fn)" t nil)
24934
24935 ;;;***
24936 \f
24937 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20707
24938 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24939 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24940
24941 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24942 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24943 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24944 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24945 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24946
24947 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24948
24949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24950
24951 ;;;***
24952 \f
24953 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20707
24954 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24956
24957 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24958 Play Solitaire.
24959
24960 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24961 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24962 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24963 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24964 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24965 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24966 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24967 check after each move or undo.)
24968
24969 What is Solitaire?
24970
24971 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24972 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24973 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24974
24975 Le Solitaire
24976 ============
24977
24978 o o o
24979
24980 o o o
24981
24982 o o o o o o o
24983
24984 o o o . o o o
24985
24986 o o o o o o o
24987
24988 o o o
24989
24990 o o o
24991
24992 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24993 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24994 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24995 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24996
24997 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24998 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24999 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25000 this: o o .
25001
25002 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25003 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25004
25005 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25006
25007 o o o
25008
25009 . o o
25010
25011 o o . o o o o
25012
25013 o . o o o o o
25014
25015 o o o o o o o
25016
25017 o o o
25018
25019 o o o
25020
25021 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25022
25023 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25024
25025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25026
25027 ;;;***
25028 \f
25029 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25030 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25031 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20707 18685 911514
25032 ;;;;;; 0))
25033 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25034 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25035
25036 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25037 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25038
25039 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25040 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25041 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25042 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25043 contiguous.
25044
25045 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25046 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25047 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25048 the sort order.
25049
25050 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25051 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25052
25053 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25054 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25055 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25056 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25057 is called.
25058
25059 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25060 It should move point to the end of the record.
25061
25062 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25063 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25064 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25065 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25066 starts at the beginning of the record.
25067
25068 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25069 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25070 same as ENDRECFUN.
25071
25072 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25073 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25074 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25075 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25076 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25077 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25078 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25079
25080 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25081
25082 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25083 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25087 the sort order.
25088
25089 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25090
25091 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25092 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25093 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25094 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25095 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25096 the sort order.
25097
25098 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25099
25100 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25101 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25102 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25103 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25108 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25109
25110 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25111 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25112 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25113 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25114 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25115 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25116 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25117 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25118 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25119
25120 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25121
25122 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25123 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25124 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25125 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25126 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25127 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25128 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25129 the sort order.
25130
25131 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25132
25133 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25134 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25135 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25136 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25137
25138 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25139 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25140
25141 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25142 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25143 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25144 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25145 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25146 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25147 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25148 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25149
25150 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25151
25152 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25153 the sort order.
25154
25155 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25156 starting with the letter \"f\",
25157 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25158
25159 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25160
25161 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25162 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25163 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25164 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25165 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25166 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25167 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25168 the sort order.
25169
25170 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25171 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25172 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25173 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25174 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25175
25176 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25177
25178 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25179 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25180 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25181
25182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25183
25184 ;;;***
25185 \f
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20707
25187 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25189
25190 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25191 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25192 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25193 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25194 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25195 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25196
25197 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25198
25199 ;;;***
25200 \f
25201 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25202 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25203 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
25204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25205
25206 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25207 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25208
25209 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25210 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25211 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25212
25213 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25214
25215 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25216 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25217 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25218 server.
25219
25220 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25221
25222 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25223 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25224 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25225
25226 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25227
25228 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25229 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25230 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25231 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25232 Agent is plugged.
25233
25234 \(fn)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25237 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25238 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25239 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25240
25241 \(fn)" t nil)
25242
25243 ;;;***
25244 \f
25245 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25246 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
25247 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25248
25249 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25250
25251 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25252 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25253 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25254 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25255 supported at a time.
25256 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25257 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25258
25259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25260
25261 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25262 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25263 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25264 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25265
25266 \(fn)" t nil)
25267
25268 ;;;***
25269 \f
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20707
25271 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25272 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25273
25274 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25275 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25276
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25278
25279 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25280 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25281
25282 \(fn)" nil nil)
25283
25284 ;;;***
25285 \f
25286 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25287 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25288 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25289 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25290 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25292
25293 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25294 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25295
25296 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25297 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25298 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25299 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25300 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25301 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25302 of the current highlighting list.
25303
25304 For example:
25305
25306 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25307 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25308
25309 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25310 `_t' as data types.
25311
25312 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25313
25314 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25315 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25316
25317 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25318 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25319
25320 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25321
25322 \\\\FREE
25323
25324 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25325
25326 \\\\NONFREE
25327
25328 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25329
25330 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25331 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25332
25333 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25334 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25335 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25336 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25337
25338 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25339 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25340 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25341 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25342
25343 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25344 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25345 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25346
25347 \(fn)" t nil)
25348
25349 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25350 Major mode to edit SQL.
25351
25352 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25353 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25354 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25355
25356 \\{sql-mode-map}
25357 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25358
25359 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25360 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25361 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25362 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25363 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25364 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25365
25366 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25367 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25368
25369 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25370 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25371 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25372
25373 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25374 (lambda ()
25375 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25376
25377 \(fn)" t nil)
25378
25379 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25380 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25381
25382 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25383 their settings.
25384
25385 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25386 is specified in the connection settings.
25387
25388 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25389
25390 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25391 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25392
25393 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25394 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25395
25396 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25397 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25398 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25399 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25400
25401 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25402
25403 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25404
25405 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25406 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25407
25408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25410 `*SQL*'.
25411
25412 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25413 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25414 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25415 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25416
25417 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25418 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25419
25420 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25421 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25422 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25423 buffer.
25424
25425 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25426 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25427 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25428 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25429 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25430 `default-process-coding-system'.
25431
25432 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25433
25434 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25435
25436 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25437 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25438
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 `*SQL*'.
25442
25443 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25444 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25445 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25446 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25447
25448 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450
25451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25454 buffer.
25455
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464
25465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466
25467 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25468 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25469
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25473
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25475 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25476
25477 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25478 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25479
25480 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25481 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25482 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25483 buffer.
25484
25485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25486 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25487 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25488 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25490 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491
25492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25493
25494 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25495
25496 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25497 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25498
25499 SQLite is free software.
25500
25501 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25502 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25503 `*SQL*'.
25504
25505 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25506 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25507 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25508 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25509
25510 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25511 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512
25513 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25514 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25515 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25516 buffer.
25517
25518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25523 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526
25527 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25528
25529 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25530 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25531
25532 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25533
25534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25536 `*SQL*'.
25537
25538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25539 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25540 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25541 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25542
25543 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25544 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545
25546 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25548 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25549 buffer.
25550
25551 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25552 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25554 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25555 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25556 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557
25558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559
25560 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561
25562 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25563 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25564
25565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25567 `*SQL*'.
25568
25569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25570 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25571 defaults, if set.
25572
25573 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25574 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25575
25576 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25577 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25578 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25579 buffer.
25580
25581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25586 `default-process-coding-system'.
25587
25588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589
25590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591
25592 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25593 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25594
25595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25597 `*SQL*'.
25598
25599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25600 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25601
25602 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25603 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25604
25605 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25606 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25607 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25608 buffer.
25609
25610 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25611 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25612 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25613 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25614 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25615 `default-process-coding-system'.
25616
25617 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25618
25619 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25620
25621 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25622 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25623
25624 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25625 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25626 `*SQL*'.
25627
25628 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25629 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25630 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25631 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25632
25633 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25634 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25635
25636 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25637 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25638 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25639 buffer.
25640
25641 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25642 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25643 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25644 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25645 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25646 `default-process-coding-system'.
25647
25648 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25649
25650 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25651
25652 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25653 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25654
25655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25657 `*SQL*'.
25658
25659 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25660 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25661 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25662 `sql-postgres-options'.
25663
25664 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25665 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25666
25667 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25668 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25669 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25670 buffer.
25671
25672 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25673 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25674 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25675 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25676 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25677 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25678 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25679 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25680
25681 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25682 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25683
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25687
25688 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25689 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25690
25691 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25692 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25693 `*SQL*'.
25694
25695 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25696 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25697 defaults, if set.
25698
25699 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25700 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25701
25702 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25703 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25704 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25705 buffer.
25706
25707 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25708 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25709 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25710 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25711 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25712 `default-process-coding-system'.
25713
25714 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25715
25716 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25717
25718 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25719 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25720
25721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25723 `*SQL*'.
25724
25725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25726 automatic login.
25727
25728 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25729 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25730
25731 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25732 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25733 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25734 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25735
25736 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25737 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25738 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25739 buffer.
25740
25741 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25742 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25743 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25744 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25745 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25746 `default-process-coding-system'.
25747
25748 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25749
25750 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25751
25752 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25753 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25754
25755 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25756 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25757 `*SQL*'.
25758
25759 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25760 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25761 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25762 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25763 parameters.
25764
25765 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25766 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25767 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25768 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25769 an empty password.
25770
25771 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25772 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25773
25774 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25775 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25776 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25777 buffer.
25778
25779 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25780
25781 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25782
25783 ;;;***
25784 \f
25785 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25786 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25788
25789 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25790 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25791
25792 \(fn)" t nil)
25793
25794 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25795
25796 ;;;***
25797 \f
25798 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25799 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25801
25802 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25803 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25804 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25805 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25806 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25807 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25808 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25809 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25810 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25811 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25812 with any buffer
25813 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25814 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25815 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25816 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25817
25818 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25819
25820 ;;;***
25821 \f
25822 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25823 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25824 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25825 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25826 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20707
25827 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25828 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25829
25830 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25831 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25832 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25833 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25834 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25835 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25836
25837 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25838
25839 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25840
25841 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25842 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25843 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25844 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25845 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25846 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25847 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25848
25849 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25850
25851 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25852 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25853 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25854 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25855 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25856 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25857 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25858
25859 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25860
25861 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25862 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25863 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25864
25865 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25868 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25869 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25870
25871 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25872
25873 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25874 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25875
25876 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25877
25878 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25879 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25880
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25882
25883 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25884 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25885
25886 \(fn)" t nil)
25887
25888 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25889 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25890 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25891 chronologically by command name.
25892 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25893
25894 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25895
25896 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25897 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25898 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25901 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25902
25903 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25904
25905 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25906 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25910
25911 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25912 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25913 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25914 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25915 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25916
25917 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25918 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25919 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25920 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25921
25922 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25923
25924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925
25926 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25927 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25928 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25929 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25930
25931 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25932
25933 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25934 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25935
25936 \(fn)" t nil)
25937
25938 ;;;***
25939 \f
25940 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25941 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20360 54279 565993 0))
25942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25943
25944 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25945 Studlify-case the region.
25946
25947 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25948
25949 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25950 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25951
25952 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25955 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25956
25957 \(fn)" t nil)
25958
25959 ;;;***
25960 \f
25961 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25962 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25964
25965 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25966 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25970
25971 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25972 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25973 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25974 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25975
25976 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25977 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25978 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25979
25980 Nomenclature Subwords
25981 ===========================================================
25982 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25983 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25984 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25985
25986 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25987 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25988 as words.
25989
25990 \\{subword-mode-map}
25991
25992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25993
25994 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25995 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25996 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25998 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25999 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26000
26001 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26002
26003 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26004 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26005 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26006 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26007 ARG is omitted or nil.
26008
26009 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26010 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26011 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26012
26013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26014
26015 ;;;***
26016 \f
26017 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26018 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26020
26021 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26022 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26023 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26024 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26025 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26026 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26027 original message but it does require a few things:
26028
26029 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26030
26031 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26032 reply buffer.
26033
26034 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26035 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26036 original message.
26037
26038 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26039
26040 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26041
26042 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26043 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26044 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26045
26046 \(fn)" nil nil)
26047
26048 ;;;***
26049 \f
26050 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20707
26051 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
26052 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26053
26054 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26055
26056 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26057 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26058 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26061 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26062
26063 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26064
26065 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26066 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26070
26071 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26072 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26073 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26074
26075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076
26077 ;;;***
26078 \f
26079 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20707 18685
26080 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26081 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26082
26083 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26084 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26085 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26086 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26087 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26088
26089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26090
26091 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26092 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26093 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26094 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26095 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26096 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26097 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26098
26099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26100
26101 ;;;***
26102 \f
26103 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26104 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26105 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26106 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26107 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26108 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26109 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26110 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26111 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26112 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26113 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26114 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26115 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
26116 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26117
26118 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26119 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26120 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26121
26122 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26123
26124 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26125 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26126
26127 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26128
26129 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26130 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26131
26132 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26133
26134 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26135 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26136
26137 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26138
26139 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26140 Insert an editable text table.
26141 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26142 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26143 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26144 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26145 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26146 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26147 delimiting them.
26148
26149 Examples:
26150
26151 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26152
26153 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26154 location of point.
26155
26156 -!-
26157
26158 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26159 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26160 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26161 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26162 first cell.
26163
26164 +-----+-----+-----+
26165 |-!- | | |
26166 +-----+-----+-----+
26167
26168 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26169
26170 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26171 width, which results as
26172
26173 +--------------+-----+-----+
26174 |-!- | | |
26175 +--------------+-----+-----+
26176
26177 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26178 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26179
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 | | |-!- |
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183
26184 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26185 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26186 width information to `table-insert'.
26187
26188 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26189
26190 instead of
26191
26192 Cell width(s): 5
26193
26194 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26195 work all together.
26196
26197 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26198 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26199
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26201 |-!- | | |
26202 | | | |
26203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26204
26205 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26206
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26208 |-!- | | |
26209 | | | |
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 | | | |
26212 | | | |
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26214
26215 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26216
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 | | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 | | | |
26222 | | | |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 -!-
26225
26226 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26227 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26228 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26229
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 | | | |
26232 | | | |
26233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 | | | |
26235 | | | |
26236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 |-!- | | |
26238 | | | |
26239 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240
26241 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26242 results.
26243
26244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26245 | | | |
26246 | | | |
26247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26248 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26249 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26250 | | |expected results.-!- |
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 | | | |
26253 | | | |
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255
26256 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26257
26258 \\{table-cell-map}
26259
26260 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26261
26262 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26263 Insert N table row(s).
26264 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26265 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26266 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26267 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26268
26269 \(fn N)" t nil)
26270
26271 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26272 Insert N table column(s).
26273 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26274 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26275 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26276 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26277
26278 \(fn N)" t nil)
26279
26280 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26281 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26282 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26283
26284 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26287 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26288 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26289 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26290 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26291 all the table specific features.
26292
26293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26296
26297
26298 \(fn)" t nil)
26299
26300 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26301 Recognize all tables within region.
26302 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26303 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26304 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26305 specific features.
26306
26307 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26310
26311
26312 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26315 Recognize a table at point.
26316 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26317 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26318 the table specific features.
26319
26320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26321
26322 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26323
26324
26325 \(fn)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26328 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26329 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26330 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26331 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26332 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26333 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26334
26335 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26336
26337 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26338
26339
26340 \(fn)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26343 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26344 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26345 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26346 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26347 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26348 specified.
26349
26350 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26351
26352 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26353 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26354 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26355 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26356 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26357 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26358 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26359 table structure.
26360
26361 \(fn N)" t nil)
26362
26363 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26364 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26365 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26366 table's rectangle structure.
26367
26368 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26369
26370 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26371 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26372 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26373 table's rectangle structure.
26374
26375 \(fn N)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26378 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26379 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26380 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26381 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26382
26383 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26384
26385 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26386 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26387 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26388
26389 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26390 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26391 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26392 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26393 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26394 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26395 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26396
26397 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26398 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26399 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26400 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26401 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26402 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26403 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26404
26405 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26406 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26407 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26408 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26409 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26410 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26411 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26412 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26413
26414 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26415
26416 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26417 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26418 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26419 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26420
26421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26422
26423 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26424 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26425 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26426
26427 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26428
26429 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26430 Split current cell vertically.
26431 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26432
26433 \(fn)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26436 Split current cell horizontally.
26437 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26438
26439 \(fn)" t nil)
26440
26441 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26442 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26443 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26444
26445 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26448 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26449 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26450 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26451
26452 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26455 Justify cell contents.
26456 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26457 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26458 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26459 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26460
26461 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26462
26463 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26464 Justify cells of a row.
26465 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26466 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26467
26468 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26471 Justify cells of a column.
26472 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26473 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26474
26475 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26476
26477 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26478 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26479 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26480 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26481 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26482 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26483 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26484 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26485 run-time.
26486
26487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26488
26489 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26490 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26491 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26492 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26493 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26494 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26495 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26496 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26497 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26498 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26499 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26500
26501 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26502
26503 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26504 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26505 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26506 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26507 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26508 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26509 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26510 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26511 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26512 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26513 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26514 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26515 untouched.
26516
26517 References used for this implementation:
26518
26519 HTML:
26520 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26521
26522 LaTeX:
26523 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26524
26525 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26526 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26527 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26528
26529 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26530
26531 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26532 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26533 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26534 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26535 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26536 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26537 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26538 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26539 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26540 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26541 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26542 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26543 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26544 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26545 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26546 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26547 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26548
26549 Example:
26550
26551 (progn
26552 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26553 (table-forward-cell 15)
26554 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26555 (table-forward-cell 16)
26556 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26557 (table-forward-cell 1)
26558 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26559
26560 (progn
26561 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26562 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26563 (table-forward-cell 1)
26564 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26565
26566 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26567
26568 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26569 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26570 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26571 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26572 consists from cells of same height.
26573
26574 \(fn N)" t nil)
26575
26576 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26577 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26578 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26579 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26580 column must consists from cells of same width.
26581
26582 \(fn N)" t nil)
26583
26584 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26585 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26586 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26587 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26588 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26589 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26590 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26591 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26592 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26593 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26594 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26595 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26596 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26597 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26598 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26599
26600
26601 Example 1:
26602
26603 1, 2, 3, 4
26604 5, 6, 7, 8
26605 , 9, 10
26606
26607 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26608 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26609 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26610 specified as 5.
26611
26612 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26613 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26614 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26615 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26616 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26617 | | 9 | 10 | |
26618 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26619
26620 Note:
26621
26622 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26623 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26624 of each row is optional.
26625
26626
26627 Example 2:
26628
26629 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26630 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26631 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26632 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26633 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26634
26635 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26636 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26637
26638 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26639 expression and raw delimiter regular
26640 expression, it parses the specified text
26641 area and extracts cell items from
26642 non-table text and then forms a table out
26643 of them.
26644
26645 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26646 creates a single cell table. The text in
26647 the specified region is placed in that
26648 cell.-*-
26649
26650 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26651 like this.
26652
26653 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26654 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26655 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26656 | |
26657 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26658 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26659 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26660 | area and extracts cell items from |
26661 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26662 | of them. |
26663 | |
26664 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26665 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26666 | the specified region is placed in that |
26667 | cell. |
26668 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26669
26670 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26671 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26672 independently.
26673
26674 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26675 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26676 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26677 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26678 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26679 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26680 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26681 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26682 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26683 | |of them. |
26684 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26685 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26686 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26687 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26688 | |cell. |
26689 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26690
26691 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26692 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26693 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26694
26695 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26696
26697 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26698 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26699 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26700 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26701 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26702
26703 \(fn)" t nil)
26704
26705 ;;;***
26706 \f
26707 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20707 18685
26708 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26709 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26710
26711 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26712 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26713
26714 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26715
26716 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26717 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26718
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26720
26721 ;;;***
26722 \f
26723 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20707 18685
26724 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26725 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26726
26727 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26728 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26729 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26730 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26731 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26732 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26733 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26734
26735 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26736 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26737 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26738 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26739
26740 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26741 \\{tar-mode-map}
26742
26743 \(fn)" t nil)
26744
26745 ;;;***
26746 \f
26747 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26748 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
26749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26750
26751 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26752 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26753 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26754 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26755 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26756 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26757
26758 Variables controlling indentation style:
26759 `tcl-indent-level'
26760 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26761 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26762 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26763
26764 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26765 documentation for details):
26766 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26767 Controls action of TAB key.
26768 `tcl-auto-newline'
26769 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26770 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26771 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26772 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26773 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26774
26775 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26776 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26777 already exist.
26778
26779 \(fn)" t nil)
26780
26781 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26782 Run inferior Tcl process.
26783 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26784 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26785
26786 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26787
26788 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26789 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26790 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26791
26792 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26793
26794 ;;;***
26795 \f
26796 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20707 18685
26797 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26799
26800 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26801 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26802 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26803 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26804
26805 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26806 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26807 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26808 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26809 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26810
26811 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26812
26813 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26814 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26815 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26816 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26817
26818 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26819
26820 ;;;***
26821 \f
26822 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26823 ;;;;;; (20709 10021 126382 806000))
26824 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26825
26826 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26827 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26828 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26829 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26830 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26831 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26832
26833 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26834
26835 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26836 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26837 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26838 commands to use in that buffer.
26839
26840 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26841
26842 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26843
26844 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26845 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26846
26847 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26850 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26851 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26852 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26853 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26854 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26855 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26856 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26857 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26858 use in that buffer.
26859 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26860
26861 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26862
26863 ;;;***
26864 \f
26865 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20707
26866 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
26867 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26868
26869 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26870 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26871 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26872 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26873 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26874 program as keyboard input.
26875
26876 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26877 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26878 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26879 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26880
26881 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26882 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26883 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26884 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26885 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26886
26887 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26888
26889 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26890 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26891 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26892 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26893
26894 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26895 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26896 subprocess started.
26897
26898 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26899
26900 ;;;***
26901 \f
26902 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26903 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26905
26906 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26907 Start coverage on function under point.
26908
26909 \(fn)" t nil)
26910
26911 ;;;***
26912 \f
26913 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20707 18685
26914 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26916
26917 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26918 Play the Tetris game.
26919 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26920 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26921 as to form complete rows.
26922
26923 tetris-mode keybindings:
26924 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26925 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26926 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26927 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26928 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26929 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26930 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26931 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26932 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26933
26934 \(fn)" t nil)
26935
26936 ;;;***
26937 \f
26938 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26939 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26940 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26941 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26942 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26943 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26944 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26945 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26947
26948 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26949 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26950
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26952
26953 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26954 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26955 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26956 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26957 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26958
26959 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26960
26961 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26962 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26963 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26964 if it matches the first line of the file,
26965 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26966
26967 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26968
26969 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26970 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26971 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26972 if the variable is non-nil.")
26973
26974 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26975
26976 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26977 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26978
26979 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26980
26981 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26982 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26983 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26984 See the documentation of that variable.")
26985
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26987
26988 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26989 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26990 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26991 See the documentation of that variable.")
26992
26993 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26994
26995 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26996 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26997 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26998 See the documentation of that variable.")
26999
27000 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27001
27002 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27003 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27004 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27005 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27006 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27007
27008 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27009
27010 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27011 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27012 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27013 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27018 User defined LaTeX block names.
27019 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27020
27021 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27022
27023 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27024 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27025 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27026 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27027
27028 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27029
27030 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27031 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27032 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27033 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27034
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27036
27037 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27038 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27039 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27040 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27041
27042 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27043 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27044 for example,
27045
27046 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27047 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27048
27049 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27050 use.")
27051
27052 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27053
27054 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27055 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27056 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27057 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27058 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27059
27060 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27061
27062 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27063
27064 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27065 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27066 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27067
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27069
27070 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27071 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27072 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27073 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27074 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27075
27076 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27077
27078 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27079 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27080
27081 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27082
27083 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27084 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27085
27086 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27087
27088 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27089 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27090 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27091 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27092 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27093 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27094 says which mode to use.
27095
27096 \(fn)" t nil)
27097
27098 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27099
27100 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27101
27102 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27103
27104 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27105 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27106 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27107 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27108 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27109
27110 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27111 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27112 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27113 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27114 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27115 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27116 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27117
27118 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27119 mismatched $'s or braces.
27120
27121 Special commands:
27122 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27123
27124 Mode variables:
27125 tex-run-command
27126 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27127 tex-directory
27128 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27129 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27130 tex-dvi-print-command
27131 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27132 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27133 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27134 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27135 tex-dvi-view-command
27136 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27137 tex-show-queue-command
27138 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27139 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27140
27141 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27142 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27143 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27144
27145 \(fn)" t nil)
27146
27147 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27148 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27149 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27150 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27151 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27152
27153 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27154 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27155 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27156 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27157 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27158 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27159 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27160
27161 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27162 mismatched $'s or braces.
27163
27164 Special commands:
27165 \\{latex-mode-map}
27166
27167 Mode variables:
27168 latex-run-command
27169 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27170 tex-directory
27171 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27172 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27173 tex-dvi-print-command
27174 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27175 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27176 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27177 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27178 tex-dvi-view-command
27179 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27180 tex-show-queue-command
27181 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27182 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27183
27184 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27185 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27186 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27187
27188 \(fn)" t nil)
27189
27190 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27191 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27192 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27193 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27194 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27195
27196 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27197 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27198 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27199 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27200 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27201 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27202 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27203
27204 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27205 mismatched $'s or braces.
27206
27207 Special commands:
27208 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27209
27210 Mode variables:
27211 slitex-run-command
27212 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27213 tex-directory
27214 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27215 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27216 tex-dvi-print-command
27217 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27218 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27219 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27220 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27221 tex-dvi-view-command
27222 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27223 tex-show-queue-command
27224 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27225 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27226
27227 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27228 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27229 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27230 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27231
27232 \(fn)" t nil)
27233
27234 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27235
27236
27237 \(fn)" nil nil)
27238
27239 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27240 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27241
27242 \(fn)" t nil)
27243
27244 ;;;***
27245 \f
27246 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27247 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27248 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27249
27250 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27251 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27252 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27253 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27254
27255 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27256 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27257 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27258
27259 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27260
27261 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27262 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27263 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27264 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27265 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27266
27267 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27268
27269 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27270 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27271 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27272 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27273
27274 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27275 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27276 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27277 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27278
27279 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27280 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27281
27282 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27283
27284 ;;;***
27285 \f
27286 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27287 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27289
27290 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27291 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27292
27293 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27294
27295 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27296 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27297
27298 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27299
27300 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27301 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27302
27303 It has these extra commands:
27304 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27305
27306 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27307 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27308 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27309 modified version of TeX input format.
27310
27311 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27312 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27313 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27314 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27315
27316 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27317 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27318 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27319 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27320 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27321 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27322 in the Texinfo file.
27323
27324 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27325 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27326 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27327 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27328 move forward past the closing brace.
27329
27330 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27331 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27332
27333 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27334 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27335 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27336
27337 Here are the functions:
27338
27339 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27340 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27341 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27342
27343 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27344 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27345 texinfo-master-menu
27346
27347 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27348
27349 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27350 which menu descriptions are indented.
27351
27352 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27353 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27354 in the region.
27355
27356 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27357 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27358 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27359 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27360
27361 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27362 be the first node in the file.
27363
27364 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27365 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27366
27367 \(fn)" t nil)
27368
27369 ;;;***
27370 \f
27371 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27372 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27373 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27374 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27375
27376 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27377 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27378 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27379 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27380
27381 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27382
27383 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27384 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27385
27386 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27389 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27390
27391 \(fn)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27394
27395
27396 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27397
27398 ;;;***
27399 \f
27400 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27401 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27402 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27403 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27404
27405 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27406 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27407 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27408 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27409 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27410 `line', and `page'.
27411
27412 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27413
27414 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27415 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27416 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27417 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27418 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27419 `line', and `page'.
27420
27421 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27422 valid THING.
27423
27424 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27425 positions of the thing found.
27426
27427 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27428
27429 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27430 Return the THING at point.
27431 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27432 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27433 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27434 `line', `number', and `page'.
27435
27436 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27437 a symbol as a valid THING.
27438
27439 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27440
27441 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27442 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27443
27444 \(fn)" nil nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27447 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27448
27449 \(fn)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27452 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27453
27454 \(fn)" nil nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27457 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27458
27459 \(fn)" nil nil)
27460
27461 ;;;***
27462 \f
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27464 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27465 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27467
27468 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27469 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27470
27471 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27472
27473 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27474 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27475 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27476 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27477
27478 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27479
27480 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27481 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27482
27483 \(fn)" t nil)
27484
27485 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27486 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27487
27488 \(fn)" t nil)
27489
27490 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27491
27492 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27493 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27494
27495 \(fn)" t nil)
27496
27497 ;;;***
27498 \f
27499 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27500 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27501 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27502 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27503 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20707
27504 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
27505 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27506
27507 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27508 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27509 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27510
27511 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27512
27513 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27514 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27515
27516 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27517
27518 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27519 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27520 The returned string has no composition information.
27521
27522 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27523
27524 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27525 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27526
27527 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27528
27529 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27530 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27531
27532 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27533
27534 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27535 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27536 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27537 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27538
27539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27540
27541 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27542 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27543 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27544 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27545
27546 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27547
27548 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27549 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27550 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27551
27552 \(fn)" t nil)
27553
27554 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27555 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27556 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27557
27558 \(fn)" t nil)
27559
27560 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27561
27562
27563 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27564
27565 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27566
27567
27568 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27571
27572
27573 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27574
27575 ;;;***
27576 \f
27577 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27578 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27580
27581 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27582 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27583 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27584 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27585 parameters.
27586 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27587
27588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27589
27590 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27591 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27592 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27593 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27594 parameters.
27595 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27596
27597 \(fn)" t nil)
27598
27599 ;;;***
27600 \f
27601 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27602 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27603 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27605
27606 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27607 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27608
27609 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27610 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27611
27612 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27613 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27614 This display updates automatically every minute.
27615 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27616 are displayed as well.
27617 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27618
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27620
27621 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27622 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27623 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27626 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27627
27628 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27631 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27634 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27635
27636 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27637 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27638 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27639 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27640 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27641
27642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27645 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27646 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27647 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27648
27649 \(fn)" t nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27652 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27653 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27654 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27655
27656 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27659 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27660
27661 \(fn)" t nil)
27662
27663 ;;;***
27664 \f
27665 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27666 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27667 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27668 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27669 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27671
27672 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27673 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27674 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27675
27676 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27677 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27678 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27679 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27680 (progn
27681 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27682 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27683 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27684
27685 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27686 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27687
27688 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27691 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27692
27693 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27696 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27697
27698 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27701 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27702 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27703
27704 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27707
27708 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27709 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27710 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27711
27712 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27715 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27716
27717 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27718
27719 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27720 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27721 DATE should be a date-time string.
27722
27723 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27726 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27727 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27728
27729 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27730
27731 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27732 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27733
27734 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27737 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27738
27739 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27742 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27743 TIME should be a time value.
27744 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27745
27746 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27749 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27750 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27751
27752 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27755 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27756 The valid format specifiers are:
27757 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27758 %d is the number of days.
27759 %h is the number of hours.
27760 %m is the number of minutes.
27761 %s is the number of seconds.
27762 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27763 %% is a literal \"%\".
27764
27765 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27766 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27767
27768 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27769 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27770 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27771
27772 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27773 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27774 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27775
27776 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27777
27778 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27779
27780 ;;;***
27781 \f
27782 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27783 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27785 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27787 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27788 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27789 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27790 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27791 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27792 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27793
27794 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27795 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27796 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27797 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27798 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27799 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27800 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27801 look like one of the following:
27802 Time-stamp: <>
27803 Time-stamp: \" \"
27804 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27805 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27806 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27807 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27808 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27809 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27810 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27811 the template.
27812
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27814
27815 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27816 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27817 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27818
27819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27820
27821 ;;;***
27822 \f
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27824 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27825 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27826 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27827 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27829
27830 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27831 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27832 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27833 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27834 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27835 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27836 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27837 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27838 display (non-nil means on).
27839
27840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27841
27842 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27843 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27844 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27845 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27846 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27847 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27848 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27849 this function is called within a day.
27850
27851 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27852 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27853 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27854 discover the name of the project.
27855
27856 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27857
27858 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27859 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27860 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27861 begun during the last time segment.
27862
27863 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27864 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27865 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27866 discover the reason.
27867
27868 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27871 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27872 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27873 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27874 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27875
27876 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27879 Change to working on a different project.
27880 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27881 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27882 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27883 working on.
27884
27885 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27888 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27889 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27890
27891 \(fn)" nil nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27894 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27895 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27896
27897 \(fn)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27900 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27901 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27902 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27903 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27904 \"relative to today\".
27905
27906 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27907
27908 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27909 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27910 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27911 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27912
27913 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27914
27915 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27916 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27917 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27918 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27919 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27920 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27921
27922 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27923
27924 ;;;***
27925 \f
27926 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27927 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27929
27930 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27931 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27932 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27933 the generated Quail package is saved.
27934
27935 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27936
27937 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27938 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27939 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27940 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27941 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27942 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27943 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27944
27945 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27946
27947 ;;;***
27948 \f
27949 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27950 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27952 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27953 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27954
27955 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27956 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27957 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27958 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27959 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27960
27961 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27962
27963 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27964 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27965 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27966 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27967 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27968
27969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27972 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27973 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27974 in the menu in two ways:
27975 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27976 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27977 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27978
27979 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27980 keymap or an alist of alists.
27981 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27982 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27983
27984 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27985
27986 ;;;***
27987 \f
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27989 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27990 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27992
27993 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27994 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27995
27996 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27997
27998 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27999 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28000
28001 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28002
28003 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28004 Insert new TODO list entry.
28005 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28006 category.
28007
28008 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28011 List top priorities for each category.
28012
28013 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28014 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28015
28016 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28017 between each category.
28018 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28019
28020 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28023 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28024 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28025 between each category.
28026
28027 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28028
28029 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28030
28031 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28032 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28033
28034 \(fn)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28037 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28038
28039 \(fn)" nil nil)
28040
28041 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28042 Show TODO list.
28043
28044 \(fn)" t nil)
28045
28046 ;;;***
28047 \f
28048 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28049 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28050 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28052
28053 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28054 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28055 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28056
28057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28058
28059 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28060 Add an item to the tool bar.
28061 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28062 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28063 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28064 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28065
28066 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28067 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28068 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28069 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28070
28071 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28072 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28073
28074 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28075
28076 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28077 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28078 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28079 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28080 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28081 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28082
28083 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28084 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28085 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28086 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28087
28088 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28089
28090 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28091 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28092 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28093 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28094 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28095 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28096 properties to add to the binding.
28097
28098 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28099
28100 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28101 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28102
28103 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28104
28105 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28106 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28107 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28108 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28109 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28110 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28111 properties to add to the binding.
28112
28113 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28114 holds a keymap.
28115
28116 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28117
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28121 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28123
28124 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28126 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28129 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28130
28131 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28132
28133 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28134 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28136 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28137 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28138
28139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28140
28141 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28142
28143 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28144 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28145
28146 \(fn)" t nil)
28147
28148 ;;;***
28149 \f
28150 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28151 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28153
28154 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28155 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28156
28157 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28158 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28159 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28160 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28161 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28162
28163 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28164 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28165 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28166 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28167 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28168
28169 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28170 (tpu-edt)
28171
28172 Known Problems:
28173
28174 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28175 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28176 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28177 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28178 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28179 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28180
28181 \(fn)" t nil)
28182
28183 ;;;***
28184 \f
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20707 18685
28186 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28188
28189 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28190 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28191 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28192 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28193 to a tcp server on another machine.
28194
28195 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28196
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28200 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20716 60089 50197 777000))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28202
28203 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28204 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28205
28206 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28207
28208 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28209 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28210 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28211 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28212 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28213 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28214 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28215 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28216
28217 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28218
28219 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28220
28221 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28222 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28223 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28224 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28225 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28226 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28227 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28228 the window or buffer configuration.
28229
28230 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28231
28232 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28233
28234 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28235
28236 ;;;***
28237 \f
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28239 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28240 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28241 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20773 47373 975742 0))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28243
28244 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28245 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28246 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28247
28248 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28249
28250 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28251 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28252
28253 It can have the following values:
28254
28255 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28256 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28257 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28258
28259 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28260
28261 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28262 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28263 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28264 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28265
28266 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28267
28268 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28269 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28270 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28271 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28272
28273 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28274 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28275 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28276
28277 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28278 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28279 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28280 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28281 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28282 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28283 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28284 files which are not really Tramp files.
28285
28286 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28287 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28288 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28289 updated after changing this variable.
28290
28291 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28292
28293 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28294 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28295 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28296 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28297
28298 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28299
28300 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28301 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28302 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28303 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28304
28305 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28306 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28307 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28308
28309 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28310 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28311 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28312
28313 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28314 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28315 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28316 updated after changing this variable.
28317
28318 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28319
28320 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28321 Alist of completion handler functions.
28322 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28323 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28324 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28325
28326 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28327 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28328 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28329 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28330
28331 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28332 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28333 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28334 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28335
28336 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28337 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28338 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28339
28340 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28341
28342 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28343 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28344 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28345
28346 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28347 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28348
28349 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28350
28351 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28352
28353
28354 \(fn)" nil nil)
28355
28356 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28357 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28358
28359 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28360
28361 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28362 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28363
28364 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28365
28366 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28367 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28368
28369 \(fn)" t nil)
28370
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28374 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28376
28377 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28378
28379
28380 \(fn)" nil nil)
28381
28382 ;;;***
28383 \f
28384 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20707
28385 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28387
28388 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28389 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28390 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28391 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28392 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28393 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28394 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28395 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28396
28397 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28398 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28399 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28400
28401 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28402 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28403 resumed later.
28404
28405 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28406
28407 ;;;***
28408 \f
28409 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28410 ;;;;;; (20360 54279 565993 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28412
28413 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28414
28415
28416 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28417
28418 ;;;***
28419 \f
28420 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28421 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763 5110 492774 0))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28423 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28424 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28425 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28426
28427 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28428 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28429 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28430 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28431 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28432 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28433 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28434
28435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28438 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28439 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28440 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28441
28442 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28443
28444 \(fn)" t nil)
28445
28446 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28447 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28448 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28449 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28450 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28451 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28452 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28453
28454 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28455 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28456
28457 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28458 \\___/\\
28459 / \\
28460 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28461
28462 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28463
28464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28465
28466 ;;;***
28467 \f
28468 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28469 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28470 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28471 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28472
28473 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28474 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28475 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28478 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28479
28480 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28481
28482 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28483 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28484 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28485
28486 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28487 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28488 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28489 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28490 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28491 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28492 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28493
28494 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28495 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28496
28497 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28498 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28499 reset the keystroke counter.
28500
28501 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28502 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28503 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28504 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28505
28506 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28507 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28508 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28509 `type-break-schedule' command.
28510
28511 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28512 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28513 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28514 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28515 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28516 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28517 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28518 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28519 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28520
28521 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28522 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28523 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28524 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28525 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28526
28527 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28528 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28529 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28530 approximate good values for this.
28531
28532 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28533 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28534
28535 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28536 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28537 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28538 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28539 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28540 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28541
28542 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28543 a typing break occur. They include:
28544
28545 `type-break-query-mode'
28546 `type-break-query-function'
28547 `type-break-query-interval'
28548
28549 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28550
28551 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28552 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28553 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28554 problems.
28555
28556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28557
28558 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28559 Take a typing break.
28560
28561 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28562 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28563
28564 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28565 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28566
28567 \(fn)" t nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28570 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28571 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28572 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28573
28574 \(fn)" t nil)
28575
28576 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28577 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28578
28579 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28580 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28581 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28582 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28583 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28584 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28585 average typing speed.)
28586
28587 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28588 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28589 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28590 the computed maximum threshold.
28591
28592 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28593 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28594 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28595 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28596 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28597
28598 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28599
28600 ;;;***
28601 \f
28602 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20707 18685
28603 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28605
28606 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28607 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28608 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28609 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28610 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28611
28612 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28613
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28617 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28618 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28619 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28620 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28621 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28623
28624 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28625 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28626
28627 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28628
28629 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28630 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28631
28632 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28633
28634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28635 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28636
28637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28638
28639 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28640 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28641
28642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28643
28644 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28645 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28646
28647 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28648
28649 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28650 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28651
28652 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28653
28654 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28655 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28656
28657 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28658
28659 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28660 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28661
28662 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28663
28664 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28665 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28666
28667 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28668
28669 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28670 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28671
28672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28675 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28676
28677 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28678
28679 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28680 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28681
28682 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28687 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28689
28690 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28691 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28692 Works by overstriking underscores.
28693 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28694 which specify the range to operate on.
28695
28696 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28697
28698 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28699 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28700 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28701 which specify the range to operate on.
28702
28703 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28704
28705 ;;;***
28706 \f
28707 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28708 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28710
28711 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28712 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28713 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28714 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28715 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28716 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28717
28718 \(fn)" nil nil)
28719
28720 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28721 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28722
28723 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28724
28725 ;;;***
28726 \f
28727 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20707
28728 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28730
28731 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28732 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28733 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28734 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28735
28736 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28737
28738 ;;;***
28739 \f
28740 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28741 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28742 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28743
28744 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28745 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28746 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28747 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28748 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28749
28750 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28751 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28752 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28753 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28754 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28755 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28756
28757 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28758 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28759 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28760
28761 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28762 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28763 the callback is not called).
28764
28765 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28766 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28767 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28768 take effect.
28769
28770 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28771 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28772 the server.
28773 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28774 URL-encoded before it's used.
28775
28776 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28777
28778 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28779 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28780 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28781 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28782 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28783
28784 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28785
28786 ;;;***
28787 \f
28788 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28789 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28791
28792 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28793 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28794 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28795
28796 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28797 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28798 `url-generic-parse-url'
28799 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28800 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28801 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28802 realm
28803 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28804 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28805 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28806 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28807 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28808 what type of auth to use
28809 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28810 if one cannot be found in the cache
28811
28812 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28815 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28816
28817 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28818 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28819 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28820 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28821 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28822 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28823 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28824 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28825
28826 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28827
28828 ;;;***
28829 \f
28830 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28831 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28832 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28833
28834 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28835 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28836
28837 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28838
28839 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28840 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28841 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28842
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28844
28845 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28846 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28847
28848 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28849
28850 ;;;***
28851 \f
28852 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20707 18685
28853 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28857
28858
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28860
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28864 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28868 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28869 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28870
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28872
28873 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28874 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28875 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28876 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28877
28878 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28879 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28880 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28881 though.
28882
28883 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28884
28885 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28886 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28887 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28888
28889 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28890
28891 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28892
28893
28894 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20707
28899 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28903 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28904
28905 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28906
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28910 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28914 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28915
28916 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28917
28918 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28919 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28920 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28921 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28922 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28923
28924 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28925
28926 ;;;***
28927 \f
28928 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28929 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28930 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28931 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28932
28933 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28934 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28935 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28938 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28939
28940 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28941
28942 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28943 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28947
28948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28949
28950 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28951 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28952 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28953 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28954
28955 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28956
28957 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28958 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28959 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28960 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28961 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28962 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28963 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28964 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28965 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28966 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28967
28968 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28971 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28972 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28973 accessible.
28974
28975 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28976
28977 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28978
28979
28980 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28981
28982 ;;;***
28983 \f
28984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20707 18685 911514
28985 ;;;;;; 0))
28986 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28987 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28988
28989 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28990 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28991 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28992 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28993 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28994
28995 ;;;***
28996 \f
28997 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20707 18685
28998 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29000
29001 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29002
29003
29004 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29005
29006 ;;;***
29007 \f
29008 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20707
29009 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29010 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29011
29012 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29013 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29014 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29015 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29016 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29017
29018 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29019
29020 ;;;***
29021 \f
29022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29023 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29025
29026 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29027
29028
29029 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29030
29031 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29032 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29033
29034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29035
29036 ;;;***
29037 \f
29038 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29039 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20707 18685 911514
29040 ;;;;;; 0))
29041 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29044 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29045
29046 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29047
29048 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29049 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29050
29051 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29052
29053 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29054
29055
29056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29057
29058 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29059
29060 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29061
29062 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29065 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29066
29067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29068
29069 ;;;***
29070 \f
29071 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29072 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29073 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29074
29075 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29076
29077
29078 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29081
29082
29083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29084
29085 ;;;***
29086 \f
29087 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29088 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29089 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29090 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29091
29092 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29093
29094
29095 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29098
29099
29100 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29103
29104
29105 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29106
29107 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29108
29109
29110 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29113
29114
29115 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29118
29119
29120 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29123
29124
29125 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29126
29127 ;;;***
29128 \f
29129 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29130 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29131 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29132
29133 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29134 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29135
29136 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29139 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29140 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29141
29142 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29143 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29144 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29145 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29146 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29147 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29148 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29149 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29150 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29151 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29152 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29153 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29154 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29155 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29156
29157 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29158 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29159 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29160
29161 Here is an example. The URL
29162
29163 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29164
29165 parses to
29166
29167 TYPE = \"foo\"
29168 USER = \"bob\"
29169 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29170 HOST = \"example.com\"
29171 PORTSPEC = 42
29172 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29173 TARGET = \"nose\"
29174 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29175 FULLNESS = t
29176
29177 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29178
29179 ;;;***
29180 \f
29181 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29182 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29184
29185 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29186 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29187
29188 \(fn)" t nil)
29189
29190 ;;;***
29191 \f
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29193 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29197 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29198 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29199 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29200 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29201 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29202
29203 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29204
29205 ;;;***
29206 \f
29207 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29208 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29209 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29210 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29211 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29212 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29213 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20707
29214 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29216
29217 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29218 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29219 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29220
29221 If t, all messages will be logged.
29222 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29223 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29224
29225 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29228
29229
29230 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29233
29234
29235 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29238 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29239 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29240 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29241 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29242 & ==> &amp;
29243 < ==> &lt;
29244 > ==> &gt;
29245 \" ==> &quot;
29246
29247 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29248
29249 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29250 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29251 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29252
29253 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29254
29255 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29256 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29257 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29258
29259 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29262 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29263
29264 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29267 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29268
29269 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29272 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29273
29274 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29277
29278
29279 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29280
29281 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29282
29283
29284 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29285
29286 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29287
29288
29289 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29290
29291 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29292
29293 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29294 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29295
29296 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29297
29298 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29299 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29300
29301 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29302
29303 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29304
29305
29306 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29307
29308 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29309 Build a query-string.
29310
29311 Given a QUERY in the form:
29312 '((key1 val1)
29313 (key2 val2)
29314 (key3 val1 val2)
29315 (key4)
29316 (key5 \"\"))
29317
29318 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29319
29320 This will return a string
29321 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29322 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29323 be used.
29324
29325 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29326
29327 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29328 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29329
29330 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29331
29332 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29333 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29334 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29335 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29336 forbidden in URL encoding.
29337
29338 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29339
29340 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29341 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29342 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29343 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29344 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29345 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29346
29347 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29348 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29349 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29350 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29351
29352 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29353
29354 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29355 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29356 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29357 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29358 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29359 should return it unchanged.
29360
29361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29362
29363 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29364 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29365 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29366 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29367
29368 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29369
29370 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29371 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29372 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29373
29374 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29375
29376 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29377 View the current document's URL.
29378 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29379 the minibuffer.
29380
29381 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29382
29383 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29384
29385 ;;;***
29386 \f
29387 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29388 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29389 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29390
29391 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29392 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29393 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29394 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29395 to refrain from editing the file
29396 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29397 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29398 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29399 in any way you like.
29400
29401 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29402
29403 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29404 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29405 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29406 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29407 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29408
29409 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29410 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29411
29412 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29413
29414 ;;;***
29415 \f
29416 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29417 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29418 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29420
29421 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29422
29423
29424 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29425
29426 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29427
29428
29429 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29430
29431 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29432
29433
29434 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29435
29436 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29437
29438
29439 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29440
29441 ;;;***
29442 \f
29443 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20707 18685
29444 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
29445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29446
29447 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29448 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29449
29450 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29451
29452 ;;;***
29453 \f
29454 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29455 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29456 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29458
29459 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29460 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29461 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29462 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29463
29464 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29467 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29468 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29469
29470 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29471
29472 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29473 Uudecode region between START and END.
29474 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29475
29476 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29477
29478 ;;;***
29479 \f
29480 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29481 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29482 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29483 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29484 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29485 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29486 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20707
29487 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29488 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29489
29490 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29491 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29492 See `run-hooks'.")
29493
29494 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29495
29496 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29497 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29498 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29499
29500 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29501
29502 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29503 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29504 See `run-hooks'.")
29505
29506 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29507
29508 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29509 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29510 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29511 same state. If not, signal an error.
29512
29513 For merging-based version control systems:
29514 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29515 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29516 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29517 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29518 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29519 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29520
29521 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29522 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29523 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29524 the file(s) for editing.
29525 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29526 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29527 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29528 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29529 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29530 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29531
29532 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29535 Register into a version control system.
29536 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29537 Otherwise register the current file.
29538 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29539 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29540
29541 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29542 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29543 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29544 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29545 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29546 first backend that could register the file is used.
29547
29548 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29549
29550 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29551 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29552
29553 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29554
29555 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29556 Display diffs between file revisions.
29557 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29558 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29559 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29560
29561 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29562 saving the buffer.
29563
29564 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29567 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29568 repository history using ediff.
29569
29570 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29571
29572 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29573 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29574 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29575 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29576 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29577
29578 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29579 saving the buffer.
29580
29581 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29582
29583 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29584 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29585 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29586 fileset with the working revision.
29587 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29588 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29589
29590 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29591 saving the buffer.
29592
29593 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29594
29595 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29596 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29597 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29598 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29599
29600 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29601
29602 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29603 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29604 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29605 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29606
29607 \(fn)" t nil)
29608
29609 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29610 Perform a version control merge operation.
29611 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29612 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29613 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29614 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29615
29616 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29617 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29618 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29619 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29620 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29621 changes from the current branch.
29622
29623 \(fn)" t nil)
29624
29625 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29626
29627 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29628 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29629 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29630 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29631 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29632 checked out in that new branch.
29633
29634 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29635
29636 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29637 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29638 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29639 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29640 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29641 allowed and simply skipped).
29642
29643 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29644
29645 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29646 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29647 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29648 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29649 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29650
29651 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29652 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29653
29654 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29655
29656 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29657 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29658 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29659 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29660 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29661
29662 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29663
29664 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29665 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29666 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29667
29668 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29669
29670 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29671 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29672 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29673
29674 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29675
29676 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29677 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29678 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29679 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29680
29681 \(fn)" t nil)
29682
29683 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29684 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29685 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29686 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29687
29688 \(fn)" t nil)
29689
29690 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29691
29692 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29693 Update the current fileset or branch.
29694 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29695 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29696 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29697 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29698
29699 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29700 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29701 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29702 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29703 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29704
29705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29706
29707 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29708
29709 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29710 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29711 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29712 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29713 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29714 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29715 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29716
29717 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29718
29719 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29720 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29721 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29722 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29723 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29724 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29725 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29726 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29727 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29728
29729 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29730
29731 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29732 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29733
29734 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29735
29736 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29737 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29738
29739 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29740
29741 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29742 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29743 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29744 directory.
29745
29746 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29747
29748 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29749 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29750 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29751
29752 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29753 log entries should be gathered.
29754
29755 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29756
29757 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29758 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29759
29760 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29761
29762 ;;;***
29763 \f
29764 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29765 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29767
29768 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29769 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29770
29771 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29772 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29773 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29774 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29775 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29776 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29777
29778 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29779 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29780 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29781 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29782 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29783 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29784 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29785 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29786
29787 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29788
29789 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29790
29791 Customization variables:
29792
29793 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29794 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29795 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29796 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29797
29798 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29799
29800 ;;;***
29801 \f
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20707 18685 911514
29803 ;;;;;; 0))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29805 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29806 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29807 (progn
29808 (load "vc-arch")
29809 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29810
29811 ;;;***
29812 \f
29813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20707 18685 911514
29814 ;;;;;; 0))
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29816
29817 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29818 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29819
29820 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29821 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29822 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29823 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29824 (progn
29825 (load "vc-bzr")
29826 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29827
29828 ;;;***
29829 \f
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20707 18685 911514
29831 ;;;;;; 0))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29833 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29834 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29835 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29836 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29837 (load "vc-cvs")
29838 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29839
29840 ;;;***
29841 \f
29842 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20707 18685 911514
29843 ;;;;;; 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29845
29846 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29847 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29848 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29849 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29850 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29851
29852 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29853 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29854 The file lines appear later.
29855
29856 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29857 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29858
29859 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29860
29861 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29862
29863 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29864
29865 ;;;***
29866 \f
29867 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29868 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29869 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29870
29871 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29872 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29873 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29874 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29875 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29876 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29877 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29878 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29879 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29880 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29881 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29882 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29883 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29884 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29885 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29886
29887 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29888
29889 ;;;***
29890 \f
29891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20707 18685 911514
29892 ;;;;;; 0))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29894 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29895 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29896 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29897 (progn
29898 (load "vc-git")
29899 (vc-git-registered file))))
29900
29901 ;;;***
29902 \f
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29905 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29906 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29907 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29908 (progn
29909 (load "vc-hg")
29910 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29911
29912 ;;;***
29913 \f
29914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20707 18685 911514
29915 ;;;;;; 0))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29917
29918 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29919 Name of the monotone directory.")
29920
29921 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29922 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29923 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29924 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29925 (progn
29926 (load "vc-mtn")
29927 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29928
29929 ;;;***
29930 \f
29931 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29932 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29934
29935 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29936 Where to look for RCS master files.
29937 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29938
29939 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29940
29941 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29942
29943 ;;;***
29944 \f
29945 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29946 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29947 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29948
29949 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29950 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29951 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29952
29953 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29954
29955 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29956
29957 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29958 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29959 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29960 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29961
29962 ;;;***
29963 \f
29964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20707 18685 911514
29965 ;;;;;; 0))
29966 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29967 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29968 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29969 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29970 "_svn")
29971 (t ".svn"))))
29972 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29973 (load "vc-svn")
29974 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29975
29976 ;;;***
29977 \f
29978 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29979 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29982
29983 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29984 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29985
29986 Usage:
29987 ------
29988
29989 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29990 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29991 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29992 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29993
29994 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29995 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29996 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29997 completions.
29998
29999 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30000 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30001
30002 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30003 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30004
30005 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30006 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30007 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30008
30009 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30010
30011
30012 Maintenance:
30013 ------------
30014
30015 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30016 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30017
30018 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30019
30020 Official distribution is at
30021 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30022
30023
30024 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30025 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30026
30027 Key bindings:
30028 -------------
30029
30030 \\{vera-mode-map}
30031
30032 \(fn)" t nil)
30033
30034 ;;;***
30035 \f
30036 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30037 ;;;;;; (20763 5110 492774 0))
30038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30039
30040 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30041 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30042 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30043 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30044 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30045
30046 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30047
30048 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30049 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30050
30051 Supports highlighting.
30052
30053 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30054 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30055
30056 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30057
30058 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30059 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30060 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30061 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30062 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30063 on the left side of your screen.
30064 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30065 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30066 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30067 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30068 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30069 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30070 function keyword.
30071 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30072 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30073 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30074 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30075 if (a)
30076 begin
30077 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30078 Indentation for case statements.
30079 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30080 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30081 mark after an end.
30082 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30083 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30084 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30085 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30086 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30087 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30088 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30089 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30090 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30091 if (a)
30092 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30093 otherwise you get:
30094 if (a)
30095 begin
30096 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30097 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30098 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30099 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30100 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30101 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30102 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30103 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30104 comments in tight quarters.
30105 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30106 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30107
30108 Variables controlling other actions:
30109
30110 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30111 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30112 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30113
30114 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30115
30116 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30117
30118 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30119 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30120 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30121
30122 Some other functions are:
30123
30124 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30125 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30126 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30127 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30128 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30129
30130 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30131 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30132 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30133 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30134
30135 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30142 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30146 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30147 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30148 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30149 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30150 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30151 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30152 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30153 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30154 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30155 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30156 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30157 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30158 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30159 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30160 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30161 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30162 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30163 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30164 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30165
30166 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30167 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30168
30169 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30170
30171 \(fn)" t nil)
30172
30173 ;;;***
30174 \f
30175 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30176 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
30177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30178
30179 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30180 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30181
30182 Usage:
30183 ------
30184
30185 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30186 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30187 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30188 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30189 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30190 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30191 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30192 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30193 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30194
30195 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30196 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30197 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30198 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30199
30200 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30201 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30202 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30203 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30204 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30205
30206 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30207 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30208
30209
30210 HEADER INSERTION:
30211 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30212 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30213 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30214
30215
30216 STUTTERING:
30217 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30218 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30219 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30220 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30221
30222 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30223 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30224 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30225 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30226 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30227
30228
30229 WORD COMPLETION:
30230 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30231 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30232 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30233 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30234
30235 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30236 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30237 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30238 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30239 beginning with \"std\").
30240
30241 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30242 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30243 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30244 stop.
30245
30246
30247 COMMENTS:
30248 `--' puts a single comment.
30249 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30250 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30251 with a comment in between.
30252 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30253 out following lines.
30254 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30255 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30256 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30257 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30258
30259 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30260 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30261 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30262 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30263 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30264 non-nil.
30265
30266 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30267 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30268 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30269 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30270 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30271 multi-line comments.
30272
30273
30274 INDENTATION:
30275 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30276 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30277 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30278 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30279 the entire region.
30280
30281 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30282 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30283 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30284 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30285
30286 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30287 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30288 and vice versa.
30289
30290 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30291 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30292
30293 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30294 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30295 line.
30296
30297
30298 ALIGNMENT:
30299 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30300 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30301 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30302 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30303 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30304 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30305 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30306 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30307
30308 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30309 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30310 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30311 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30312 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30313 is non-nil.
30314
30315 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30316 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30317 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30318
30319 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30320 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30321
30322
30323 CODE FILLING:
30324 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30325 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30326 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30327 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30328 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30329 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30330
30331
30332 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30333 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30334 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30335 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30336 command:
30337
30338 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30339
30340
30341 PORT TRANSLATION:
30342 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30343 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30344 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30345 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30346 internal signal initializations (menu).
30347
30348 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30349 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30350 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30351
30352 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30353 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30354 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30355 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30356 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30357 in subsequent paste operations.)
30358
30359 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30360 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30361 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30362
30363
30364 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30365 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30366 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30367 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30368 association list with formals).
30369
30370
30371 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30372 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30373 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30374 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30375 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30376 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30377 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30378 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30379 `vhdl-testbench'.
30380
30381
30382 KEY BINDINGS:
30383 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30384
30385
30386 VHDL MENU:
30387 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30388
30389
30390 FILE BROWSER:
30391 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30392 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30393 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30394
30395 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30396 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30397
30398
30399 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30400 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30401 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30402 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30403
30404 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30405 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30406 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30407
30408 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30409 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30410 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30411 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30412
30413 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30414 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30415 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30416 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30417 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30418
30419 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30420 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30421 required by secondary units.
30422
30423
30424 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30425 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30426 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30427 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30428 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30429 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30430 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30431 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30432 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30433 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30434 inputs to this component -> input port created
30435 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30436 outputs from this component -> output port created
30437 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30438 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30439
30440 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30441 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30442 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30443 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30444 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30445
30446 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30447 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30448
30449 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30450 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30451 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30452 component instantiation is also supported (option
30453 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30454
30455 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30456 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30457 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30458 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30459 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30460 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30461 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30462 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30463 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30464 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30465 generating the configuration.
30466
30467 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30468 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30469 configurations in speedbar.
30470
30471 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30472
30473
30474 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30475 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30476 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30477 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30478 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30479 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30480 information. New compilers can be added.
30481
30482 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30483 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30484
30485
30486 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30487 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30488 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30489 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30490 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30491
30492 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30493 command:
30494
30495 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30496 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30497 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30498
30499 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30500 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30501 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30502 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30503 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30504 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30505 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30506 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30507 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30508
30509 Limitations:
30510 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30511 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30512 not (yet) supported.
30513 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30514 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30515 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30516
30517
30518 PROJECTS:
30519 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30520 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30521 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30522 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30523 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30524 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30525 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30526 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30527
30528 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30529 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30530 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30531 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30532 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30533 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30534 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30535 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30536 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30537 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30538 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30539
30540
30541 SPECIAL MENUES:
30542 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30543 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30544 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30545 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30546 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30547 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30548 current directory for VHDL source files.
30549
30550
30551 VHDL STANDARDS:
30552 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30553 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30554
30555
30556 KEYWORD CASE:
30557 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30558 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30559 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30560 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30561 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30562 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30563 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30564 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30565
30566
30567 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30568 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30569 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30570 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30571 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30572 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30573 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30574
30575 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30576 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30577 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30578 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30579 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30580 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30581
30582 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30583 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30584 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30585 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30586 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30587 visually.
30588
30589 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30590 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30591 highlighted if written in lower case.
30592
30593 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30594 highlighted using a different background color if option
30595 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30596
30597 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30598 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30599 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30600 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30601 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30602
30603
30604 USER MODELS:
30605 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30606 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30607 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30608
30609
30610 HIDE/SHOW:
30611 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30612 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30613 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30614 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30615 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30616
30617
30618 CODE UPDATING:
30619 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30620 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30621 Limitations:
30622 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30623 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30624 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30625 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30626 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30627 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30628 (used to obtain the port names).
30629 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30630 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30631 sensitivity lists.
30632
30633
30634 CODE FIXING:
30635 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30636 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30637
30638
30639 PRINTING:
30640 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30641 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30642 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30643 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30644 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30645 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30646 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30647 printers.
30648
30649
30650 OPTIONS:
30651 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30652 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30653 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30654 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30655 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30656
30657 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30658 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30659 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30660 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30661 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30662 INSTALL file).
30663
30664 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30665 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30666
30667
30668 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30669 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30670 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30671 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30672
30673 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30674
30675
30676 HINTS:
30677 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30678 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30679
30680 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30681
30682 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30683
30684 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30685
30686
30687 RELEASE NOTES:
30688 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30689
30690
30691 Maintenance:
30692 ------------
30693
30694 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30695 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30696
30697 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30698
30699 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30700 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30701 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30702 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30703
30704 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30705 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30706 where the latest version can be found.
30707
30708
30709 Known problems:
30710 ---------------
30711
30712 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30713 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30714 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30715 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30716
30717
30718 The VHDL Mode Authors
30719 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30720
30721 Key bindings:
30722 -------------
30723
30724 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30725
30726 \(fn)" t nil)
30727
30728 ;;;***
30729 \f
30730 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20627 28531 447943
30731 ;;;;;; 0))
30732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30733
30734 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30735 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30736 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30737 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30738
30739 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30740 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30741 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30742 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30743 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30744
30745 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30746 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30747
30748 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30749
30750 * Limitations and unsupported features
30751 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30752 not supported.
30753 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30754 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30755
30756 * Modifications
30757 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30758 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30759 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30760 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30761 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30762 for undoing a repeated change command.
30763 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30764 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30765 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30766
30767 * Extensions
30768 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30769 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30770 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30771 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30772 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30773 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30774 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30775 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30776
30777 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30778
30779 \(fn)" t nil)
30780
30781 ;;;***
30782 \f
30783 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30784 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30785 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30786 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
30787 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30788
30789 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30790 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30791
30792 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30793
30794 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30795 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30796 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30797 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30798
30799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30800
30801 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30802 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30803
30804 \(fn)" t nil)
30805
30806 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30807 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30808 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30809 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30810
30811 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30812
30813 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30814 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30815
30816 \(fn)" t nil)
30817
30818 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30819
30820
30821 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30822
30823 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30824
30825
30826 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30827
30828 ;;;***
30829 \f
30830 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30831 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30832 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30833 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30834 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
30835 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30836
30837 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30838 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30839 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30840
30841 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30842
30843 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30844 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30845 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30846 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30847
30848 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30849
30850 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30851 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30852
30853 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30854
30855 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30856 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30858 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30859 moving around in the buffer.
30860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30861 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30862
30863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30864
30865 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30866
30867 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30868 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30869 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30870 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30871
30872 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30873 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30874 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30875 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30876 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30877
30878 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30879
30880 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30881
30882 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30883 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30884 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30885 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30886 buffer.
30887
30888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30889 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30890 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30892 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30893
30894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30895
30896 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30897
30898 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30899 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30900 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30901 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30902 moving around in the buffer.
30903 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30904 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30905
30906 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30907
30908 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30909 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30910 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30911
30912 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30913 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30914 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30915 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30916
30917 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30918 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30919 own View-like bindings.
30920
30921 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30922
30923 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30924 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30925 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30926 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30927 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30928 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30929 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30930
30931 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30932
30933 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30934
30935 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30936 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30937 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30938
30939 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30940 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30941 own View-like bindings.
30942
30943 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30944
30945 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30946 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30947 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30948 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30949 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30950 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30951 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30952
30953 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30954
30955 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30956
30957 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30958 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30959 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30960
30961 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30962 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30963 own View-like bindings.
30964
30965 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30966
30967 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30968 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30970 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30971 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30972
30973 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30974 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30975 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30976 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30977
30978 \\<view-mode-map>
30979
30980 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30981 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30982 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30983 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30984 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30985 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30986 to a repeat count of one.
30987
30988 H, h, ? This message.
30989 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30990 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30991 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30992 > move to the end of buffer.
30993 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30994 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30995 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30996 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30997 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30998 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30999 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31000 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31001 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31002 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31003 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31004 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31005 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31006 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31007 Use this to view a changing file.
31008 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31009 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31010 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31011 . set the mark.
31012 x exchanges point and mark.
31013 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31014 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31015 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31016 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31017 ' go to position saved in character register.
31018 s do forward incremental search.
31019 r do reverse incremental search.
31020 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31021 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31022 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31023 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31024 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31025 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31026 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31027 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31028 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31029 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31030 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31031 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31032 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31033 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31034 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31035 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31036 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31037
31038 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31039 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31040 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31041 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31042 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31043 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31044 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31045 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31046 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31047
31048 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31049
31050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31051
31052 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31053 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31054 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31055 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31056 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31057 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31058 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31059 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31060 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31061
31062 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31063
31064 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31065
31066 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31067 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31068 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31069 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31070 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31071 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31072
31073 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31074 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31075 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31076
31077 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31078
31079 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31080
31081 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31082
31083 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31084 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31085
31086 \(fn)" t nil)
31087
31088 ;;;***
31089 \f
31090 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20707
31091 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31093
31094 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31095 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31096
31097 \(fn)" nil nil)
31098
31099 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31100 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31101
31102 \(fn)" t nil)
31103
31104 ;;;***
31105 \f
31106 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31107 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31109
31110 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31111 Toggle Viper on/off.
31112 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31113
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31115
31116 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31117 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31118
31119 \(fn)" t nil)
31120
31121 ;;;***
31122 \f
31123 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31124 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31126
31127 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31128 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31129 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31130 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31131 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31132 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31133 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31134 the beginning of the warning.")
31135
31136 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31137 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31138 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31139 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31140 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31141 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31142 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31143 also call that function before the next warning.")
31144
31145 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31146 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31147
31148 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31149 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31150 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31151 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31152
31153 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31154 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31155 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31156 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31157 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31158 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31159
31160 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31161 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31162 Default is :warning.
31163
31164 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31165 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31166 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31167 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31168 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31169 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31170
31171 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31172 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31173 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31174
31175 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31176
31177 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31178 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31179
31180 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31181
31182 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31183 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31184 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31185 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31186
31187 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31188 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31189 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31190 can be whatever you like.)
31191
31192 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31193 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31194
31195 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31196 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31197 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31198 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31199 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31200
31201 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31202
31203 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31204 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31205 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31206 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31207 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31208
31209 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31210
31211 ;;;***
31212 \f
31213 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31214 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31215 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31216
31217 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31218 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31219 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31220 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31221 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31222 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31223 directories to reflect your edits.
31224
31225 See `wdired-mode'.
31226
31227 \(fn)" t nil)
31228
31229 ;;;***
31230 \f
31231 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20707 18685
31232 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31234
31235 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31236 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31237
31238 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31239 hotlist.
31240
31241 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31242 <nwv@acm.org>.
31243
31244 \(fn)" t nil)
31245
31246 ;;;***
31247 \f
31248 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31249 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31251 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31252 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31253
31254 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31255
31256 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31257 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31258 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31260 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31261 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31262
31263 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31264
31265 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31266 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31267 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31268 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31269 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31270
31271 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31272 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31273 in certain major modes.
31274
31275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31276
31277 ;;;***
31278 \f
31279 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31280 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31281 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31282 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20707 18685
31283 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31284 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31285
31286 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31287 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31289 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31290 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31291
31292 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31293 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31294
31295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31296
31297 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31298 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31299 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31300 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31301 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31302
31303 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31304 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31305 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31306 use `whitespace-mode'.
31307
31308 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31309
31310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31311
31312 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31313 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31314 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31317 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31318
31319 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31320
31321 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31322 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31324 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31325 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31326
31327 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31328 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31329
31330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31331
31332 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31333 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31334 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31337 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31338
31339 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31340
31341 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31342 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31344 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31345 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31346
31347 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31348 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31349 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31350 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31351
31352 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31353
31354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31355
31356 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31357 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31358
31359 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31360 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31361
31362 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31363 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31364
31365 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31366
31367 CHAR MEANING
31368 (VIA FACES)
31369 f toggle face visualization
31370 t toggle TAB visualization
31371 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31372 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31373 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31374 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31375 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31376 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31377 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31378 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31379 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31380 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31381 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31382 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31383 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31384 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31385 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31386
31387 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31388 T toggle TAB visualization
31389 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31390 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31391
31392 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31393 ? display brief help
31394
31395 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31396 The valid symbols are:
31397
31398 face toggle face visualization
31399 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31400 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31401 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31402 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31403 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31404 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31405 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31406 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31407 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31408 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31409 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31410 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31411 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31412 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31413 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31414 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31415
31416 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31417 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31418 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31419
31420 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31421
31422 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31423
31424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31425
31426 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31427 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31428
31429 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31430 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31431
31432 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31433 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31434
31435 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31436
31437 CHAR MEANING
31438 (VIA FACES)
31439 f toggle face visualization
31440 t toggle TAB visualization
31441 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31442 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31443 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31444 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31445 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31446 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31447 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31448 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31449 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31450 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31451 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31452 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31453 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31454 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31455 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31456
31457 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31458 T toggle TAB visualization
31459 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31460 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31461
31462 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31463 ? display brief help
31464
31465 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31466 The valid symbols are:
31467
31468 face toggle face visualization
31469 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31470 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31471 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31472 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31473 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31474 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31475 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31476 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31477 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31478 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31479 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31480 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31481 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31482 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31483 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31484 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31485
31486 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31487 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31488 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31489
31490 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31491
31492 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31493
31494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31495
31496 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31497 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31498
31499 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31500 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31501 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31502 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31503 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31504
31505 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31506
31507 The problems cleaned up are:
31508
31509 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31510 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31512 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31513
31514 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31515 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31516 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31517 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31518 SPACEs.
31519 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31520 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31521 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31522 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31523
31524 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31525 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31526 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31527 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31528 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31529 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31530 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31531 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31532
31533 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31534 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31535 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31536
31537 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31538 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31539 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31540 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31541 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31542 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31543 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31544 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31545
31546 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31547 documentation.
31548
31549 \(fn)" t nil)
31550
31551 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31552 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31553
31554 The problems cleaned up are:
31555
31556 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31557 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31558 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31559 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31560 SPACEs.
31561 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31562 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31563 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31564 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31565
31566 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31567 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31568 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31569 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31570 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31571 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31572 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31573 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31574
31575 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31576 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31577 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31578
31579 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31580 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31581 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31582 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31583 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31584 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31585 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31586 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31587
31588 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31589 documentation.
31590
31591 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31592
31593 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31594 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31595
31596 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31597 non-nil.
31598
31599 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31600 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31601 `whitespace-style' to have:
31602
31603 empty
31604 trailing
31605 indentation
31606 space-before-tab
31607 space-after-tab
31608
31609 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31610 whitespace problems in buffer.
31611
31612 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31613
31614 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31615 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31616 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31617 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31618 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31619 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31620 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31621
31622 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31623 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31624 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31625 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31626 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31627 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31628 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31629
31630 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31631 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31632 cleaning up these problems.
31633
31634 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31635
31636 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31637 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31638
31639 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31640 non-nil.
31641
31642 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31643 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31644 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31645
31646 empty
31647 indentation
31648 space-before-tab
31649 trailing
31650 space-after-tab
31651
31652 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31653 whitespace problems in buffer.
31654
31655 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31656
31657 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31658 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31659 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31660 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31661 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31662 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31663 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31664
31665 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31666 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31667 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31668 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31669 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31670 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31671 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31672
31673 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31674 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31675 cleaning up these problems.
31676
31677 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31678
31679 ;;;***
31680 \f
31681 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31682 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20707 18685
31683 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31684 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31685
31686 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31687 Browse the widget under point.
31688
31689 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31690
31691 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31692 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31693
31694 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31695
31696 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31697 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31698
31699 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31700
31701 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31702 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31704 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31705 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31706
31707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31708
31709 ;;;***
31710 \f
31711 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31712 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20707
31713 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31714 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31715
31716 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31717 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31718
31719 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31720
31721 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31722 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31723 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31724
31725 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31726
31727 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31728 Create widget of TYPE.
31729 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31730
31731 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31732
31733 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31734 Delete WIDGET.
31735
31736 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31737
31738 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31739 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31740
31741 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31742
31743 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31744 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31745 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31746 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31747
31748 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31749 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31750
31751 \(fn)" nil nil)
31752
31753 ;;;***
31754 \f
31755 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31756 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20707
31757 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31758 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31759
31760 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31761 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31762 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31763 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31764 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31765 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31766 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31767
31768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31769
31770 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31771 Select the window above the current one.
31772 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31773 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31774 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31775 negative ARG) of the current window.
31776 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31777
31778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31779
31780 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31781 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31782 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31783 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31784 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31785 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31786 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31787
31788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31789
31790 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31791 Select the window below the current one.
31792 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31793 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31794 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31795 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31796 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31797
31798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31799
31800 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31801 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31802 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31803 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31804
31805 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31806
31807 ;;;***
31808 \f
31809 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20707 18685
31810 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31811 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31812
31813 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31814 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31815 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31818 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31819
31820 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31821
31822 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31823 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31827 \\{winner-mode-map}
31828
31829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31830
31831 ;;;***
31832 \f
31833 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31834 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20707 18685 911514
31835 ;;;;;; 0))
31836 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31837
31838 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31839 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31840 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31841 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31842 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31843
31844 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31845
31846 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31847 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31848 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31849 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31850 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31851 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31852 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31853 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31854
31855 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31856 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31857
31858 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31859
31860 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31861 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31862
31863 \(fn)" t nil)
31864
31865 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31866 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31867 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31868 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31869 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31870 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31871 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31872 `woman' command for further details.
31873
31874 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31875
31876 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31877 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31878
31879 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31880
31881 ;;;***
31882 \f
31883 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31884 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31886
31887 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31888 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31889
31890 BUGS:
31891 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31892 are not implemented
31893 - Options for search and replace
31894 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31895 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31896
31897 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31898 Emacs-like.
31899
31900 The key bindings are:
31901
31902 C-a backward-word
31903 C-b fill-paragraph
31904 C-c scroll-up-line
31905 C-d forward-char
31906 C-e previous-line
31907 C-f forward-word
31908 C-g delete-char
31909 C-h backward-char
31910 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31911 C-j help-for-help
31912 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31913 C-l ws-repeat-search
31914 C-n open-line
31915 C-p quoted-insert
31916 C-r scroll-down-line
31917 C-s backward-char
31918 C-t kill-word
31919 C-u keyboard-quit
31920 C-v overwrite-mode
31921 C-w scroll-down
31922 C-x next-line
31923 C-y kill-complete-line
31924 C-z scroll-up
31925
31926 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31927 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31928 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31929 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31930 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31931 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31932 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31933 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31934 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31935 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31936 C-k b ws-begin-block
31937 C-k c ws-copy-block
31938 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31939 C-k f find-file
31940 C-k h ws-show-markers
31941 C-k i ws-indent-block
31942 C-k k ws-end-block
31943 C-k p ws-print-block
31944 C-k q kill-emacs
31945 C-k r insert-file
31946 C-k s save-some-buffers
31947 C-k t ws-mark-word
31948 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31949 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31950 C-k v ws-move-block
31951 C-k w ws-write-block
31952 C-k x kill-emacs
31953 C-k y ws-delete-block
31954
31955 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31956 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31957 C-o j justify-current-line
31958 C-o k kill-buffer
31959 C-o l list-buffers
31960 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31961 C-o r set-fill-column
31962 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31963 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31964 C-o wh split-window-right
31965 C-o wo other-window
31966 C-o wv split-window-below
31967
31968 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31969 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31970 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31971 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31972 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31973 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31974 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31975 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31976 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31977 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31978 C-q a ws-query-replace
31979 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31980 C-q c end-of-buffer
31981 C-q d end-of-line
31982 C-q f ws-search
31983 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31984 C-q l ws-undo
31985 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31986 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31987 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31988 C-q w ws-last-error
31989 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31990 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31991
31992 \(fn)" t nil)
31993
31994 ;;;***
31995 \f
31996 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20707 18685
31997 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31999
32000 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32001 Perform an interactive search.
32002 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32003 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32004 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32005 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32006
32007 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32008 Example:
32009
32010 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32011
32012 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32013
32014 ;;;***
32015 \f
32016 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32017 ;;;;;; (20764 37850 245357 0))
32018 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32019
32020 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32021 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32022 Return the top node with all its children.
32023 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32024
32025 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32026 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32027 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32028
32029 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32030
32031 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32032 namespace to URIs instead.
32033
32034 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32035 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32036
32037 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32038
32039 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32040
32041 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32042
32043 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32044 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32045 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32046 not contain well-formed XML.
32047
32048 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32049 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32050 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32051 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32052 element of the list.
32053 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32054 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32055 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32056
32057 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32058
32059 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32060 namespace to URIs instead.
32061
32062 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32063 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32064
32065 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32066
32067 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32068
32069 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32070
32071 ;;;***
32072 \f
32073 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32074 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32075 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32076
32077 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32078 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32079 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32080 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32081 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32082 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32083 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32084 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32085 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32086 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32087
32088 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32089
32090 ;;;***
32091 \f
32092 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20707
32093 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
32094 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32095
32096 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32097 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32098 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32100 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32101 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32102
32103 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32104
32105 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32106 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32110
32111 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32112 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32113 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32114 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32115 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32116 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32117
32118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32119
32120 ;;;***
32121 \f
32122 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32123 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32125
32126 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32127 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32128
32129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32130
32131 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32132 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32133
32134 \(fn)" nil nil)
32135
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32139 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32141
32142 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32143 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32144
32145 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32146
32147 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32148 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32149
32150 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32151
32152 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32153 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32154 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32155
32156 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32157
32158 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32159 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32160
32161 \(fn)" t nil)
32162
32163 ;;;***
32164 \f
32165 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20707 18685 911514
32166 ;;;;;; 0))
32167 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32168
32169 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32170 Zone out, completely.
32171
32172 \(fn)" t nil)
32173
32174 ;;;***
32175 \f
32176 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20789 27603 535991
32385 ;;;;;; 386000))
32386
32387 ;;;***
32388 \f
32389 (provide 'loaddefs)
32390 ;; Local Variables:
32391 ;; version-control: never
32392 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32393 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32394 ;; coding: utf-8
32395 ;; End:
32396 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here